Professional Documents
Culture Documents
GRAMMAR
?y
CHARLES
PHILIP University
of
WAGNER
Michigan
Ann
THE
Arbor,
ANN,
ARBOR
Mich.
PRESS
I909
copyright, By Chari.es
Philip
i909
Wagner.
ICLA251357
PREFACE
The
present
which
grammar the
represents
author
to
the been
third
stage
on
of in
an
experiment
for of all of oral
has
carrying
drill in
form the the
his
attempt
without
provide
the
maximum
of
material elements
sacrificing that
in his
Grammar
which,
opinion,
under
must
basis
of
language
the class of in share certain
a a
study
room,
pursued
The of
first
the
was
artificial
the
use,
conditions
stage
for
three
seasons,
pamphlet.
class of this of
conversation
of the
material, the
advance
second,
of
a
the
use
beginners,
respects,
sheets
large
In
book.
the from result the of
important
a
this of
have
presents
nowr
radical in vogue.
departure
Detached for drill of
types
most
a
sentences
used have
in
few
exercises
wrork;
their In
but
elsewhere
to
they
the
been
because
failure
provide
based
and
up
important
of
interest. have of
their
place, connected
on a
dialogue carefully
first part the
description
facts each
to
been
introduced,
selected
vocabulary
of
form and lesson. the
every-day
syntax
sort
words,
make
the of
which
foot-note
or
The
of
which
the
as
student
without
"use
subjunctive"
why,
of with has exercise the
new
to
"omit
cle" artiwell.
from factory satis-
telling him
to
been has
discarded been
The
the
English
current
Spanish
because work
a
banished
lesson
difficultyof, doing
material.
composition
lesson familiar has been made in material of the
Every
preceded
of
fourth
composition
which
about
new
on
combinations,
by
synopsis
The
be found
review
it is based.
a
grammatical
somewhat
facts
more
given part
than
is
speech
the the
will
rangement ar-
usual,
verb
having
to
been
as
largely by
facts of the
present
as
soon
possible
IV
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
personal
connected
pronoun,
and
occasionally by
matter
the
exercise. found
use
Certain
often
relegatedto
of the
in
intimate
the
other
are
to
them, although
themselves
are
given early in
and the
the
paradigms.
to
Model
up the
not
used,
regular verbs from and he is made do stem to endings. So far as possible, this also with are irregular verbs, whose regular forms This devoted from omitted the general section to verbs.
section
not
student
is made
build
has
at
been
reduced
to
its lowest
prove
list of
all
only
may
such
as.
might
will
be
countered en-
in the
average
non-technical
lessons in this
text.
A
out
word
as
to
how
the
be
used
not
be
of
regard
on
work
to
his
own
or
Whether
be
long
the
depend
the character
class, and
be
length of the recitation period. They may convenientlydivided before or after the vocabulary. In
case
either
the
sentences
used form
a
to
illustrate
rules
may
erly prop-
be As
to
considered the
oral
to
part
of
the
first half-lesson.
practiceis as follows. The first part is read aloud sentence by sentence by the of teacher, and translated,with books closed, by members the class. It is then translated orally by the teacher and re-translated into Spanish by the class. Next, the questions
exercise, the author's
in the
asked last part of the exercise are each answered by the class, and finally, ask
a
by the teacher
and
to
or
a
pupil
Whether
is made all
on
the
lesson.
is carried hour.
out, The
a
for the
all
exhaustive, and
teacher the
do
represent only
with
part of what
On
be
"
ingenious
text
the material.
method
be
here
class may
used
PREFACE
In
the
composition
in
to
lessons,
the
the
synopsis
and who
a
found
great
devoted
help
controlling
if desired.
review,
teacher
may these
he
it
The
sufficient
lessons
do from
not
provide
to
composition
material,
book. will
cate communi-
may
pass
them
any
users
good
of
composition
this
about is grammar desirable
to
It
is
hoped
with
that the
freely
necessary
author It in
changes
the
and book
corrections.
desired future
improve
in
every
possible
author's
any
edition.*
due
to
The
Professor valuable D.
thanks
and for of Mr.
are
his A.
colleagues. Kenyon,
and
to
James
Herbert
the and
for
suggestions
Valenzuela
of
reading Bogota
for
proof,
Sr. the
D.
Sr.
Augusto
Guillermo
Fernandez
Mexico
City
revising
Spanish
cises. exer-
C.
Ann
P.
W.
Arbor,
Sept..
1909.
CONTENTS
PAGE
Pronunciation
i
.......
Essentials
LESSONS
oe
Grammar
......
I.
Gender
and
number
of
nouns.
Definite Case
and
and
nite indefio
articles.
II.
Possessive
The
verb.
Infinitives.
Stem
Endings.
of
ent Presnoun.
Indicative.
Indirect
Non-inflection Word-order
Spanish
. .
object.
pronouns.
.11
.
III.
Subject
Tener,
purpose.
tener
que
and
deber. 16
. .
Expression
IV.
V.
of
review.
Word-order
Synopsis
of
Composition
number,
use.
20
...
Adjectives,
and
gender,
agreement,
Numerals
1-10.
position Age.
.21
.
substantive
.
Ser.
. .
Word-order
. .
VI.
Past
participle. participle.
estar
.
Haber.
Perfect
tense.
Present
ser
Bstar.
. .
Comparison
. .
of
and
.25
VII.
Possessive of
adjectives plural
review.
and of
pronouns.
nouns
Special
pronouns
use
masculine
and
29
VIII.
Synopsis
Noun of of
of
Composition
Personal Demonstrative forms
.....
33
IX.
material.
object.
Agreement
and
.
adjectives.
adjectives
of
pronouns.
Prepositional
Ir.
personal
nouns. pro34
Idiomatic
of
X.
Object
Double
querer,
forms
personal object
hacer.
pronouns.
Position.
pronoun
construction.
....
Poder,
39
decir,
and
Gustar
XI.
Imperfect
past
definite.
Irregular
The
imperfects. pluperfect
.
Orthographical
irregularities.
44
Vlll
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSONS
PAGE
Synopsis
Reflexive
of
review.
and
Composition
verbs.
...
48
cudl.
pronouns
Que
and
Ver.
49
Irregular past
of
definites. 11-39.
Infirfitives
after
tions. preposiTime
54
Numerals
Tener
idiomatic.
day
and
........
XV.
Future
conditional.
Future
Use of
and the
conditional
articles
.
perfects. Comparison.
XVI. XVII.
57 61
Synopsis
The
of
review.
Composition
...
object clauses.
infinitives
.
quence Se62
.
Dependent
XVIII.
Radical-changing
final letter
verbs.
....
Adjectives that
. . .
lose
.
the .66
XIX.
Constructions
with Dar.
two
object
pronouns.
Neuter of articles 70 74
gender.
XX. XXI.
Acabar.
Omission
Synopsis
of
review.
Composition
clauses and
as
...
Subjunctive in main
present
subjunctives.
Inceptive verbs.
....
Greeting and
XXII.
leave-taking
75
Imperfect
fact. and
Conditions and
contrary
to
venir.
Days, months,
79
seasons
.......
XXIII.
Subjunctive
weather
in
adjective and
adverb Use of
clauses. infinitive.
definite InThe
negative words.
........
83 Composition 87
XXIV. XXV.
Synopsis
Future
of
review.
subjunctive. points.
. .
Endings
Distance.
. .
of
imperative. More
and saber.
orthographical
Cardinal decer
changes.
Conocer
Cualquiera. Agra.88
. . .
XXVI.
Pcdir
and
comprar. Definite
as
correlatives. and
.
demonstratives in
-mcntc
personal
.
.93
CONTENTS
IX
LESSONS
PAGE
XXVII.
Cardinal
numerals.
Relative
pronouns.
Causative
construction. used.
Object
idiomatic.
pronouns
.....
impersonally
97
.
Haber
of
XXVIII. XXIX.
Synopsis
Clauses
review.
on
Composition prepositions.
Possessive
102
depending
or
Verbs
with
subjunctive
infinitive. Indirect
adjectives
session. pos-
(long forms).
object
to
express
Parecer, hacer
XXI".
falta, and
poner.
Tal
103
Compound
tenses
of Valer
the
......
subjunctive.
son. Compari108
Cuyo.
XXXI.
Irregular
definite.
use
of
tenses.
The
perfect of the
and Traer
.
past
Personal
no.
objective. Nunca
article.
jamas.
.112
Si
XXXII. XXXIII.
and
Definite
Synopsis
Hacer
an
of
review.
Composition
Oir. Oir Todo.
.
.117 with
in time
expressions.
an
and
ver
object and
with of
infinitive.
Impersonal
.118
. .
verb
indirect
object
XXXIV.
Position
adjectives. Grande
Ann. Dar
and
santo.
. .
Otro.
122
.
Cada. XXXV.
More
Sino.
idiomatic
about
personal
Adverbial
pronouns.
Reciprocal involving
Andar
.
struction. con-
clauses verbs.
two
junctives. sub.
Impersonal
XXXVI. XXXVII.
127
Synopsis
The
of
review.
its
Composition
substitutes.
Ac
or
.131
passive and
past
cordar. Idioms.
Bstar
dar
se
with de and
the
re-
participle. Dcjar.
......
133
XXXVIII.
XXXIX.
El
cuerpo
138
Verbs in -uir. and
Omission
cluir.
Con-
Mayor
Joven
viejo.
140
143
Prometer. reir
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSONS
PAGE
XLII.
Spanish
money.
.
Price.
Suffixes -evo,
Ni and
-eria,
-ito,
.147
-uelo -illo,
......
Traducir.
tampoco.
ping Shop-
XLIII.
"
Idiomatic. Ordinal
Prepositions
construction.
150
XLIV.
Definite
article.
Madrid
.
153 157
.
The
Verb.
Paradigms
List
of
Irregular
. . .
Verbs
.
English-Spanish
Index
Vocabulary
177
193
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
PRONUNCIATION
1.
are:
The
a,
Alphabet.
c,
The
e,
signs
g,
x, and in
of
the
Spanish
alphabet
my n,
n"
b,
r,
ch,
d,
v,
f,
h, i
y,
rr
j, (k), I, 11,
o,
P, q"
The
rr,
s, t, u,
(w),
be found
z.
combinations
ch, 11, n,
to
are
considered dictionaries
letters after
of
c,
the
alphabet.
and
r
They
are
the
I, nt
respectively.
and
w
k
are
do
a
not
properly foreign
belong
to
the
k
Spanish
has
alphabet.
sound of
They English
used and
zv
in
few
of
words
v or w.
only,
the
that
or
English
letters
Mute
are
silent
are
common
in
English.
are
Spanish important
letters
ceptions. ex-
almost
invariably
pronounced.
There
two
h
i" e or
is always is
i
:
mute,
if
and
must
be
or
ignored
g
in
at
pronunciation.
same
mute
it follows
say,
and
the
the
time
gue,
precedes
gui, que,
that
is
to
it is
mute
in
combination
qui.
2.
are
The
Vowels.
to
The their
vowels
resonance
are
a,
e,
i,
o,
u.
They
graded according
weak
into has
strong
its
(a, e, o)
and
(i, u)
sound.
vowels.
Each
vowel
a e
has has
the
the
sound
sound
of of of of of
in in
"father." "fate."
i has
o u
the
the the
It
i in
o oo
"machine."
in in
has has
Note.
English
English
"no." "moon."
natter,
result
or
that
the
vowels
;
sometimes but
vowel
as
assume
or
more
open
sounds
causes,
than
such
given
unaccented with
above the
this
in
is
the and
position
full
to
the
word, Spanish
purely of proximity
the
of
sounds
that
interfere
has
a
sound,
the
since
English
it
seems
speaking
student
to
natural
tendency
flatten
vowels,
ignore
these
distinctions
here.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
and Diphthongs Triphthongs. (a) An vowels diphthong consists of two pronounced as The sound. Spanish diphthong is a combination vowels
so
3.
English
a
single
of
two
rapidly pronounced
vowels lose side
as
to
make
but
single syllable.
value.
The
little of
their do
individual
strong
and
w^eak then:
vowels
make necessarily a The only possible diphthongs are composed of weak vowel a (a, e, o, with i, u), or of two (i with u). The possible combinations are,
not eu, ou,
vowels
by
side
iu,
or,
uo,
ui. stands
more an
(c)
neither
When
vowel
diphthong
in
a
syllable,
When
stress
a
is stressed
than
diphthong
placed
on
stands
stressed
a syllable,
is
the
strong
vowel,
on
or,
in
case
the weak of
a a
diphthong
vowel.
con:
sist of two
weak
vowels,
a
the
second
(d)
Possible
A
two
triphthong is
weak
combination
strong vowel
stressed
tween be-
vowels,
occurring
in
syllable.
triphthongs are
The
as
(e)
letter y the
is sometimes of
in
diphthong
of i.
or :
triphthong
last letter
word
instead
Ex.
Consonants,
f, 1, m,
alike
n,
p, and
need and
not
be
discussed, since
b,
v.
they
sound
in
English
Spanish.
The
English b is made by pressing the lipsfirmly In violently separating them. making the
pressure is much is the fainter. has
a
merest
contact, and
is
the
sulting re-
It
something
more
between
and
w.
This
m
sound
n,
somewhat
it way
character
after
v
or
and the
when
same
Spanish
identical
consonants.
is made with it in
in
sound,
but
it is
written
before
PRONUNCIATION
3 with the
ch.
This
sound
is
identical
English
ch
in
"cheese."
d is similar the
to
the
English sound,
upper
contact
but
is made of
tongue
much
against
like the
the
teeth
instead
palate.
very
This
different
gives Spanish
sound
English
of ch
th
a
in "these." very
sound
roughly aspirated
Hi in "million." in "onion."
u,
h.
It is
in "Bach." of
English
has
never
of
English ni
before
q of
except
when
it has
the
sound
English k.
r
is
never
slighted.
with
a
It is
and of
rr a
distinct
very
tinctly, dis-
the
ning begin-
word, when
r
final,or
consonant.
is has
an
that
is trilled with
tip of
the
tongue.
that
the
sound
of
in
"sister,"never
of
in
"please."
t
is similar upper
to
English
teeth the
t, but, like of
against the
y
instead
made
has
sometimes
consonant
"yes," and
z
identical
with
th
English Spanish i.
in
in
has
of
English
mute
"thing."
the other
5.
c, g.
These
consonants
differ from
has
two
ish Spansounds.
consonants
c
in that
a, o, u,
or
each
a
quite different
has the
same
before qu
consonant,
sound
as
Spanish
c
(English k).
e
before
or
i has
the
sound
of
Spanish English
(English th
g in
in
"thing").
g before g
a,
e
o,
or
u,
has
the the
sound sound
of of
"go."
h-
before
i, has
Spanish j (rough
sound).
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
qu,
z,
j, gii. The
relation
to
sounds each
represented by
other, offer
The
:
these
the
chief
the make
spellingof Spanish.
these
matters
following table
clear
Note in
i.
a.
In
que,
It
is
merely
and ui
preceding
the
consonant.
ue
qui, gue, gui, the u is silent,as already stated that the an orthographical sign-post, to show these before is pronounced In binations, comas u. a, o,
do not, the of
u
course,
to
gui, diphthongs.
Note
diaeresis b. In
causes
be
make
In ui
giie,
are
Ex.
few
words
may zigzag,
or
i.
zinc,
etc.
6.
Syllabification,a.
groups of
consonants not
In of
dividing a
which the
to
word second
into is 1
are
bles, syllaor
r,
may
be
separated. Exceptions
sr.
this
rule
the
groups
(Inseparable)
b. A
arable) (Sep-
single
consonant
between
x are
vowels
ch, 11, n,
e-xa-men.
rr,
and
considered
c.
The
an
second
s,
of
a
two
consonants
not
less inseparable,un-
it be
begins
syllable.
res-pon-der, ar-zo-bis-po, es-ta-do, ser-vir, cuan-to, en-ga-no, trans-pi-rar. cons-ti-tuir, pers-pi-ca-cia, ins-truc-cion,
d.
The
second
a
of two
vowels
that
do
not
make
thong, diph-
begins
cre-er,
syllable.
ma-cs-tro,
bre-a, co-o-pe-rar,
PRONUNCIATION
e.
Spanish compounds
nos-otros,
are
regularly divided
according
10
following simple rules for determining the stressed syllable of a Spanish word, are now universallyfollowed, although a different system prevails issued previous to 1888, at which in books time these fixed by the Spanish Academy. rules were
and
on
7.
Stress
Accent.
The
ending in a vowel, or n or s, is regularly stressed last syllable (penult). the next to imposible, antiguo, venia, fragua, etc. alto,grande, tierra,aman,
a.
word
the
b. A word stressed on
ending in
the
last
consonant,
other
than
or
larly s, is regu-
conform these to irregular, and do not the syllable to be stressed rules. words Such always have plainly the vowel. indicated by the acute accent (') over (Exceptions to a.) hable, liego, comi, tendrds, iambien. (Exceptions to b.) huesped, cardcter, drbol, etc.
c.
Many
words
Any syllable,must
d.
word
have
stressed
the
dnima,
e.
farther
back
next
to
the
last
syllable.
Monosyllables
written
accent.
accent
syllable that
the
vowels,
in accordance takes
the
accent
the second of strong vowel, or on with the principle expressed in 3 c. the strong vowel. over
thong triph-
8.
accent
a.
The used
The
Acute in modern
acute
Accent.
The
acute
accent
is the
only
Spanish.
is used in
up
accent
chiefly
7.
a
to
point
out
irregularly
stressed b.
syllables, as
It is also
used
indicated
to
diphthong: that is, to show which that contiguous vowels normally make diphthong a used or triphthong (see 3 b), belong to different syllables. When in this way the accent stands weak vowel always over (over the a first weak in the case of two the weak in the case of weaks, over and and the first weak of weak, a over triphthong). a a strong baul, pais, impios, Huido, comiais.
would
break
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
c.
It is often
used the
to
distinguish
but
two
words
a
which
and
use.
pronounced
same,
which
have
different
tu, your
el, the
este, this
(adj.)
"
With
few
9. is in
of the capitalsin Spanish Capitalization. The use in English. as general the same
pronoun yo,
"I," the days of the week, not capitalized are adjectives, proper year, when they stand in the body of a sentence, (b) Adjectives of nationality Names used be not as or capitalized, (c) nouns, may may of languages are not escapitalized. Ex. : Los Espanoles hablan panol. The Spaniards speak Spanish.
the months of the and
10.
Punctuation.
"
The
Inverted
at
chief
the of In
of Spanish peculiarities clamation question marks (i) and exbeginning of questions and dash instead
b.
Use
c.
the
an
dialogue,
mark of
use
extensive
the
of
quotation
Frequent
incomplete
sentence.
The of Pronunciation. Irregularities tion pronunciaof Spanish indicated above, is based on the speech of educated The Spanish of certain parts native of Madrid. an of Spain, and of certain Spanish-American countries varies from the Engsomewhat this standard, but no than more lish
11. of London from the would each and of New York and of that New
an
Orleans
fer dif-
other. the
It is thought
exposition of
of
of peculiarities
Spanish spoken
outside student.
anyone
Castile,
In tice prachas a
tend,
at
this
very
they
tolerable
are
who
in facility
of
the
Castilian.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
arioso,
rine,
sur,
rufiar, ahora,
y.
safiudo,
vehiculo.
rana,
arre,
parra,
arrimar,
marrullero,
horror,
d, madera,
pavura, c$
b,
v,
boda,
de,
yerro,
bayeta, maduro,
yema,
badila, vivir,
yo,
sabido,
varonil,
fabula,
voto,
burro, revelar,
red,
tened,
raya, gu,
villa,
Qu,
z,
hoyo. cecina,
coz,
g,
'"
calle, toco,
zurron,
recuperar,
decimo, logico,
racimo,
duque,
guerra,
maquina, guijo,
zero, cero,
caza,
zizaiia,
haz,
pagar,
geologo, Jesus,
guiar,
zorro, consonant
caja,
mazo,
j anion,
majadero,
quemar,
figura,
jiba,
jumelos,
groups
:
Inseparable
clima, tecla,
tabla,
brazo, aplomo,
abrasar,
crocodilo, miraglo,
patrono.
consonant
necrosis,
grefia,
drama,
padre,
flor,
franela,
peri-
frasis, apretado,
gloton,
tren,
vinagre,
profeta,
Separable grima,
lota, alerta, eslabon,
groups:
esbelto, esquela,
escaldar, esquina,
olmo,
esforzar,
estanco,
es-
esmalta,
empresa,
esparcido, hombre,
apto,
Car-
doctor,
cesante,
manzana,
fornido,
excepto,
burgo, hermano,
atlantico,
tratarse,
parezca,
alhaja, conyugal,
questa,
falange,
volvera, servir,
carbon,
dando,
ensalzaba,
ninfa,
albergue,
ennegrecer,
aceder,
rasgo,
adlatere, enfado,
admirar,
dogma,
himno,
anhelo,
monjita,
envolver,
Archena,
Elche.
inmenso,
inquisidor,
plazga,
Jorge,
transcurrir,
tar,
esclavo,
exclamar,
escribir,
esdrujulo,
explosion,
entrar,
transparen-
obscuro,
transformacion,
complacer,
pamfleta,
constructor.
Diphthongs
caudillo,
and
retraimiento, ciudad,
Miura,
baile,
reinado, viaja,
boina, bou,
jaula, nadie,
nuevas,
reunion,
familia, guardarropa,
cuota,
sociedad,
frecuentar,
tierra,
cuando,
agiiero,
antiguo, influencia,
maestro,
ruidoso, Miau,
Luis, hay,
argiiir,
voy, rev,
fiais, apreciais,
muy, guay,
:
averigiiais,
averigiieis, eleccion,
buey,
monstruo.
Non-diphthongs
creeme, pua,
Bilbao,
huiais.
coexistir, varien,
leon,
idea,
loor, duo,
Names
pais,
creimos,
oido,
continue,
impios,
of
fluido, of
letters
the
alphabet:
ene, ene,
a,
be,
o,
ce, cu,
che,
ere,
de,
e,
efe,
ese,
ge,
te,
hache,
u, ve,
i, jota, equis,
y
ka,
ele, elle,
zeta.
erne,
pe,
erre,
griega,
ESSENTIALS
OF
GRAMMAR
LESSON
Remark. All words
I.
lesson should be memorized.
given
in
this
13.
names
Gender
of have
us
Nouns. either
a
Spanish
masculine
to
nouns,
or
including
feminine
in
the
of
nouns
things, give
gender.
form,
Some
or
clue
their
gender,
their
their
Note.
meaning.
For
the
benefit the
of that
those of of the
the
who
have
studied
noun
French
or
L,atin,
that
it
may
be
stated French
that
gender
Spanish
L/atin
is except
generally
that
of
neuters
the
related
are
masculine
noun,
L,atin
a.
Most
a are
nouns
that
end The
in
most
are
masculine.
Most
nouns are
that
mano,
end
in
feminine.
important
exceptions
f., "hand,"
b.
and
names
are
dia,
m.,
"day." beings
are
The
of
male
masculine,
and
the
names
of
female
c.
beings
Names of male brother
feminine.
female
of
beings
that
are
often
like in
a.
the
corresponding
names
beings,
except
they
end
nino, child
maestro,
(man)
sister hermana, hija, daughter muchacha, girl nina, child (female) senor a, lady teacher (woman) maestro,
Plural
of
Nouns.
^ or
In
es
general, Spanish
to
nouns
form
to
plural by adding
the
singular according
following
a.
rules
Nouns
ending
in
vowel
(or
diphthong)
hermanas.
add
s:
ending
in
consonant
senores.
(including
y)
add
es:
senor,
c.
As
does
not
regularly
z
stand
before
e,
es.
nouns
ending 5.)
in
this
letter
must
change
voz,
to
before
voces,
adding
voices.
(See
voice;
IO
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
15.
has
Definite
the
Article.
The
:
definite
"the" article,
in
lish, Eng-
following forms
Masculine.
Feminine.
a.
The
article
always
los
precedes
and
the
noun
it modifies.,
and
regularly
Note.
with
it in
number
el senor,
la maestra,
noun
The
with
agua,
a
that
begin
agreement
stressed
"water," and all feminine singular nouns masculine the article el or ha, require
:
instead of
of the
feminine is
to
la, thus
avoid the
el agua.
This
violation
of the of
rules
a-
unpleasant
prolongation
the
it to it to
del. al.
preposition de, "of, from," followed The preposition a, "to, at," followed
with
16.
Indefinite
like the It has
Article.
The
indefinite
article,English
noun
"a, an,"
with
una,
and
agrees
it.
forms
un,
masculine
singular, and
feminine
singular.
un
nino,
una
nlna.
a.
In
to
English
serve
the
or
article
more noun
(both
nouns. :
definite
In
and
indefinite), may
must
be be
made
two
repeated
El
Una
nino
senora
before
y
each
la nina.
y
un
The
boy and
A
girl. gentleman.
senor.
lady and
17.
Case.
As
the
Spanish
is necessary relation del
noun
has
to
no
special form
the de la
possessive, it
express
employ
el
brero som-
prepositionde
nina, the
to
this
thus:
muchacho,
1lie
boy's flowers.
Exercise.
Give the
gender
of
the
following
nouns
libro,book
casa,
padre, father
mesa,
house
man
table
hombre,
perro, dog
MSSON
II
II
Give
the
learned, and
of
the
following
for
nouns,
and form
:
of
those
already
reason
the
plural
clase, f., class, recitation comedor, m., dining-room sombrero, m., hat King m., rey, flower f., lengua, f.,language flor, despacho, m., sitting-room, office voz, f., voice
Translate
libros de los
i.
voces a
El comedor
de la
casa.
del
rey.
2.
Los
Las clase
las
de
rey.
mesa
la
muchacha.
5.
De
a
la la
padre presidente al
4. dia.
9.
El
clase.
perros
8.
Las
clases
La
Los
del
1.
nifio.
Translate
the man's 7.
The
A
dining-room
sister. The
of
the The
5.
children's
the
father.
president'sbrother.
ladies'
money.
The
guage lan-
gentlemen.
The
LESSON
II.
18.
The
Verb,
verb the of
Infinitives, the
has
more
Spanish
name
forms the
verb, and
form
by which
in the end
Spanish
live.
finitive in-
-er,
or
-ir.
to
hablar,
Verbs
are
speak;
comer,
eat;
vivir, to
grouped into three conjugations on the basis of the of the first conjugation three infinitive endings. Verbs {-ar verbs) of the from verbs second differ widely in form {-er verbs) and third second and of Verbs third conthe jugations {-ir verbs) conjugations. of fiftyout conjugated alike in all but four forms are
nine.
,
19. found
Stem
and
Endings.
the
com-
The
stem
of
verb
may
be
by cutting off
habl-
infinitive
ending.
vivstem
To
are
this
stem,
which
we
shall
call the
of the
tive, infini-
added
the
"endings," which
mode.
express
distinctions
of
person,
number,
tense, and
12
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
20. is one,
:
Regular
all of whose
and
Irregular
forms
Verbs.
regular
the
i. e., all of
whose the
endings to
verb may have
more
than
stem,
or
it may
endings.
21. The Present Indicative.
The
:
endings
for
the
present
tense, indicative
mode,
SINGULAR
are
PERSON
I.
2.
3-
i.
2.
3-
Applying
these
endings
como,
to
stems
of
we
get
hablo, I speak hablas, you speak habla, he speaks, she speaks hablamos, we speak habldis, you speak hablan, they speak
Note. and
verb person
eat eat
vivo, I live
you
comes, come,
eats
you
live
he
eats,
eat eat eat
she
he
lives,
she
comemos,
we
comeis,
comen,
you
they
Tt is clear from these models that the endings the number express of the in this tion functhe subject of the verb, and perform respect of the personal pronouns, If the which are usually omitted. subject of a is a noun, the verb with it in number. agrees El The mucho. deal. a discipulo estudia pupil studies great Los mucho. The deal. discipulos estudian pupils study a great
DRILL.
In
similar
in the
In
given
the
the
of
each
of
the
verbs
Note.
stress stem
conjugating
orally the
In the
learner
most stress
carefully
falls
on
plural.
22.
Use
of the
Present express,
Indicative.
not
The
forms
statements
of the in
present
indicative
only simple
LESSON
II
T3
present
time, but
also
the
"I
we
speaking," etc.).
speak,
we are
speaking,
we
do
speak.
23.
noun
Non-inflection
not
of
Spanish
to
Noun.
does
case,
vary
in form
express
the
Spanish objective(accusative)
The
possessive (genitive) case, or the indirect Its form is the same whether used objective(dative) case. as subject,direct or indirect object of a verb, or object of a preposition. (For the possessive see 17.) Object. The preceded by
John
the
24.
Noun
as
Indirect
a
noun
used
as
direct ina,
object
"to,"
or
of
verb, is
the
preposition
para,
compra
lleva
These
"for."
el libro para el libro
a
Juan Juan
Note.
are
Maria.
for Mar)'.
Maria.
are
never
John
takes
book
to
Mary.
often
prepositions
the the book. book.
omitted
their
equivalents
in
Mary Mary
25.
of the
Word-order,
a.
Affirmative.
is:
The
normal
order
simple
affirmative
sentence
compra
un
libro
s.
Mary
buys
We
are
books.
Compramos
b.
sombrero.
buying
hat.
made verb.
terroga in-
Compra
no
librosf
Is
Mary
buying
books?
in as expressed, the order is the same the inflection sentence. the affirmative or Question marks is interrogative. that the sentence of the voice show If
subject
is
jCompran
John?
un
sombrero
para
Juan?
Are
they buying
hat
for
14
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
interrogative sentence, the object may is not a pronoun, if it be shorter than particularly
an
In
if the
come
subject of
before the
the
verb
subject,
son
the
f
subject.
Is the
jCompra
books?
c.
maestro
teacher's
ing buy-
Negative.
may the be verb.
no
An
affirmative
or
an
tence interrogativesen-
made
adverb
no
fore be-
Maria
j No
compra
un
Mary
para
does Juan?
not
buy
Are
books.
not
compran
they
buying
hat
for
John?
In
help of Spanish.
to
Note. the
In
made English, sentences are is no There auxiliary *'do." be must no negative sentences,
negative
this
or
with
the
the
sentence.
VOCABULARY
VERBS.
down.
senor,
-a,
Sir, Madam.
eat. to
comprar,
correr, entrar
to
buy.
to
run.
en,
go
into,
to
come
into.
aqui, bien, well. demasiado, too, too much. mal, badly. mncho, much, a great deal.
no,
no,
here.
escribir, to estudiar, to
write.
not.
study.
smoke.
poco, talk.
little. also.
PREPOSITIONS.
fumar,
to
si, yes.
to
speak,
find.
carry,
tambien,
to
bring.
con,
en,
take.
to
with.
work.
in,
on.
para,
for.
CONJUNCTIONS.
NOUNS.
6,
or.
discipulo,-a, pupil.
Juan, John.
"Gender
of
nouns
in
vocabularies
is not
indicated, if regular.
(See
13.)
i6
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON
26. Personal
III.
used
pronouns used
as
Subject. The personal forms, according as they are forms used as subject follow :
as
Form
English
27.
a.
Use
We have
of the
Subject
Pronouns.
nothing in English corresponding to the so-called of the second "intimate" forms singular and plural. They person the and German du tu. nearly to ihr, and French correspond more relatives and in intimate friends, used near addressing They are inferiors. Since but and animals well they might be used as as will this in in but occur Spain, they rarely rarely by foreigners ing. will find them book. constantly in his readNaturally, the student
b. Usted
arc
and
ustedes the
are
the
pronouns
They
used
with
third
person
talk
eat
verb, respectively.
Usted habla
comen
mncho. poco.
for
You You
great
Ustedes
Note.
two
little.
is that
use
The
reason
words
meaning
grace has
"your
usted
is derived
in
prevails
English,
from with
titles. Your
r.
Your
...,
Majesty
are
is
etc.
...,
Usted
and
ustedes
commonly
usted in
person
abbreviated
V
.,
VV.,
or
Vd., Vds.
d.
With
agree
the with
exception of
their verb
and
ustedes,
and
the
subject
nouns pro-
number.
I^SSON
HI
17
in
e.
Since
that
names
of
it is clear
el and
Spanish,
translated
by English
"it"
verb in Lesson each II, placing before Conjugate orally any Yo the form trabajo, corresponding subject-pronoun or pronouns. itc. atively, Conjugate negatively, Yo no trabajo, etc. Conjugate interrogjTrabajo yo? etc., and both negatively and interrogatively, \No trabajo yo? etc.
28.
Omission
makes
of
Subject
most
Pronouns. the
Since
person and
the
verb-
ending
of
must
clear, in
cases,
number It
the be
subject,the
the
subject pronoun
when
to
is often it is not
out
omitted.
expressed, however,
perfectlyclear
what
where
more
trast. emphasis or conand ustedes Ustcd are generally expressed, even If is no there they stand as subject of ambiguity. than one verb, they are commonly expressed but once.
also
bring
Apr
El
Juan
end
cant y
o. a
Trabajdis
canta.
estudidis.
for
(Expressed
estndia
Maria
trabajan. El
Usted habla
y
tambien.
out with-
pronoun.)
Usted
habla.
y
escribe.
iHabla
29.
presses
escribe
usted?
The
irregular verb
or
tetter.
ownership
temporary
PRESENT
INDICATIVE.
PLURAI, 1. 2.
SINGULAR i. 2.
tengo, Uenes,
have
I have
you
have
we
have
have
you
3.
tiene, he
has, she
has,
you
3.
have
30.
a.
English
form
que que que
"must"
and
"ought."
are
Obligation and
of
compulsion
must
expressed
que,
now.
in
Spanish
by
some
tener, followed
he
by
eat
and
an
infinitive.
Tengo
j Tiene
have
to
to
study?
Tienen
trabajar. They
have
work.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
b. verb
moral
an
obligation is expressed by
una
the
regular
a
infinitive.
Usted Debemos
aprender
lengua.
We
You should
ought study
to
learn
guage. lan-
estudiar
la lection.
the
lesson.
31.
Para and
with the
Infinitive.
Purpose
The
child
may
be
expressed
to
by
to)
para
El
learn.
infinitive.
para
nino
estudia
aprender.
studies
(in
order
an
32.
sentence
contains
the
sentence.
jPor que estudia msted vive el muchacho? jDonde el maestro? jQue compra
Why
do does
the
is the
VOCABULARY.
VERBS.
pizarron,
want.
m.,
blackboard.
deber, desear,
ensenar,
to to
owe,
"ought."
sustantivo,
noun.
wish,
to
vcrbo,
in
verb.
ADVERBS.
teach.
go
entrar,
to
in,
mean,
come
transitive). (inallor
antes,
a,
now.
first. afterwards.
to significar,
signify.
to, "must."
d:spucs,
tener,
tener
to
have.
to to
hoy, to-day. (conj.). (interjection.) jective what? (interrogative adque? or pronoun.) (interrogative que? why? por adverb.) dondc? where? (interrogative adverb.) whom? quicn? who? ative (interrogpronoun.)
porque, Hola! because Hello!
que,
have
terminar,
finish, end.
NOUNS.
ami go,
-a,
friend.
carta, letter.
ejercicio,exercise. Espana, Spain. espanol, m., Spanish. ingles, m., English. Jose, Joseph.
palabra,
word.
EXERCISE
III.
(a).
usted?
I Tenemos
iQue
un
tengo?
perro. ?
Usted
tiene
tiene
un
sombrero.
iQue
i No
tiene
Tengo
iQue
Maria?
Maria
y
tiene la carta.
tienen
amigos
Ustedes
tienen
amigos
amigas.
WESSON
III
19
ustedes
hermanos?
una
hermana.
y
";Tiene
el
maestro
dis-
cipulos?
(b).
entrar?
en
El
maestro
discipulos
Deseo deseo
1
una
la
maestra 1 Por
con
tiene
que
discipulas.
desea usted escribe
para
iQue
Deseo
desea
entrar
entrar.
hablar
Jose.
el
Jose
el
despacho. No,
j Hola
senor.
Jose.
Escribe
carta.
usted
ejercicio
escribe el
el
maestro? la carta?
Escribo
la
en
usted
Escribo
Vive deseo
carta
carta
un
amigo. ";No
tiene
vive
amigo? hoy?
ahora
iVive Si;
y pero
aqui?
antes
Espafia.
terminar la
estudiar
carta.
Usted
debe
estudiar
terminar
la
despues.
el maestro? el maestro?
el maestro?
iQue
ensena
ensena
El El
maestro
ensefia
ensena
una
lengua. ";A
lengua
ensena
maestro
espanol.
a
espanol
las
Ensena Escribe
las
espanol palabras
los
en
discipulos.
el
escribe
pizarron.
cribe? es-
Escribe
ingles
Escribe
6
las
Escribe
sustantivo
espanol.
y
iQue iQue
palabras
verbo.
significan
y
sustantivo
verbo
ingles?
Sustantivo
significa "noun"
verbo
desea
el
senor?
desea
el
senor
entrar?
quien quien
que que
desea
hablar?
escribe
no
Juan?
iPor
I Por
estudia?
no
estudia
antes
iNo
I Tiene
debe
que
trabajar trabajar
antes?
despues?
iQue i'Que
I
aprendemos? lengua
ensena
Quien
espanol?
en
ingles?
en
"blackboard"
el maestro?
espanol?
habla
ingles el discipulo?
usted
espanol ?
20
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON
IV.
SYNOPSIS.
Note. lessons. The
figures in
heavy
type
refer
to
the
paragraphs
of
the
going fore-
ARTICLE" NOUN"
(a) (b)
and
and
use, use,
(16) (15)
(a) gender, (13) (b) number, (14) (c) case, (17, 23, 24)
"
PRONOUN
Personal"
subject forms,
" " "
(26)
"
VERB
"
"
regular, (a)
infinitives, stem,
indicative,
present
endings,
forms
20)
use,
(21, 22)
indicative, (29)
MISCELLANEOUS"
Word-order,
(25, 32) "Must" and "ought," (30) with Para infinitive, (31)
EXERCISE
Turn into into the
an
IV.
Spanish.
store.
1.
The
A
boy buy
class.
a
learns
a
the
to
lessons.
a
2.
The
4. A The finds
girls go pupil
children
money
3.
girl writes
We the
letter
friend. 6.
son
writes
carry
on
5.
flowers 7.
for
Mary.
money.
The
with
teacher's the
the
not
table. smoke
am
He
buys
much. and
you
hat
10.
9.
a
The
great
King
deal? also.
13.
does
11.
I Are the
working
you
Does
working
learn? and
now.
12.
studying
friend 15.
a
(ordinary sing.)
here?
14.
Does
lady's
He
speaks English
to
she 16.
We
children
you
in
a
er. broth-
17.
sing
20. 21.
for
19.
teacher? have
to
18.
go
Do
you
to
wish the
phi.)
to
on
to
in? letter.
down
(ordinary sitting-room
words guage lanWThat the
should
does To
come
blackboard. do
you
mean?
you
22.
whom
in? 26.
bringing
boys
water?
24.
Why
Are
does with
you
dog
not
25.
The do
too
and
studying
27. do
teacher.
Where
they
much? "verb"?
running
write the
(intimate sing.)
words
Where Is
not
they (mase.)
"noun"
and
LESSON
21
We are coming in because living in Spain? we Joseph now 30. You but to (intimate sing to-day. plu.) well, study they ought 31. books.* I have (fern.) sing badly. 32. some John has not S3classes to-day. any
LESSON
V.
33.
in form
of and
noun
Adjectives.
number,
and it modifies.
An
must
\^
and
number
una
the
a
buena,
of their
good
girl; nihos
buenos, good
34.
Plural form
ho
americano, 35. Gender americanos;
of
Descriptive Adjectives.
in
o
in
the
to
to
form
the
feminine
Most
bueno,
which
the do
not
buena;
in
0
malo, mala.
in the
;
una
end
the
same.
not
change
form
feminine,
un
but
remain
muchacho
grande
grande.
tionality, na-
a.
An
important
if it ends in
exception is that
a
adjective signifying
to
consonant,
adds
the
masculine
to
form
the
feminine.
Position
of
all
adjectives of quantity
book.
cede pre-
otro
libro
espanol, another
books.
indefinite
Spanish
muchos
*
libros, many
32
In
and
sentences
33
the
"some"
to
no
these classes
being
equivalent
not
to
be
lated, trans-
and
"John
has
to-day."
22
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
b.
When
two
modify
the
same
noun,
connected with each other they follow it, and are by the conjunction word before with i a (e beginning or hi). y
un
libro grand
In
case
hermoso,
are
large handsome
of
book.
one
c. comes
the the
adjectives
noun
unequal
follows
value, the
the
which and
nearest
in
English,
Spanish
French
noun,
the
other el
precedes
it.
hermoso
muchacho
boy.
Adjectives
modified
tiene and
un
used
as
Nouns.
substantively
noun
accompanied
libro bueno
a
being implied.
y yo
listed
malo.
You
have
trious indus-
good
book
I have
bad
one. no
Los Los
a.
work,
trabajan.
The
in
Espanoles
v'wen
en
Espana.
The
Spanish live
Spain.
Adjectives of nationality used substantively for the name masculine This definite article. article the a language, require is generally omitted after the after the prepositions en de, and or and verbs estudiar an hablar, aprender, ensenar, escribir, unless
of adverb article stands is used. between the verb and the in which adjective,
case
the
El El
and
ingles
senor
es
habla
espahol.
We
The
gentleman
are
Spanish.
aprendemos
el
Nosotros
frances.
learning French.
are
Escribimos
in
ejercicioen
espanol
bien
espanol.
mnchos
We
writing the
cise exer-
Spanish.
maestro
El
of
de
many
tiene
discipulos. The
The
teacher
Spanish
has
pupils.
el
El well.
discip'itlohabla
ingles.
pupil speaks
English
38. verb
The
ser,
SINGULAR
verb
ser.
The
as
present indicative
follows
:
of the
ular irreg-
"to be/' is
PLURAL
i.
soy,
eres,
I he
am are are
i. 2.
somos,
so
we
are are
2.
you
3.
es,
3.
are,
you
are
24
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY.
VERBS.
ADJECTIVES.
llamar,
tratar,
to to
call, knock.
treat.
alemdn,
-a,
German.
-a,
amcricano,
American.
NOUNS.
aho,
year.
regla, rule.
ADVERBS.
contrario, alii,there.
manana,
at
on
the
contrary.
to-morrow. very.
cspanol, -a, Spanish. fdcil, easy. francos, -a, French. grande, big, large. hermoso, -a, handsomeingles, -a, English. largo, -a, long. malo, -a, bad.
otro,
-a,
morrow. to-
muy,
pasado
un
manana,
day
after
peqneno, perezoso,
lazy.
OR PRONOUN.
poquito,
little bit.
PRONOUN.
ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE
mucho, muchos,
que,
-a,
-as.
much.
many.
de
quien? of whom,
whose?
which,
EXERCISE
V.
un
(a).
y
Los Es
ninos
estudian de
en
libro.
Tienen
es
un
libro
grande
Es
un
hermoso. de
el libro
Luis
son
de
Luis).
la
libro
para
gramatica. largo.
son
Los
ninos el
que
Estudian
del
leccion
maiiana. es
Estudian
Tienen
capitulo
contrario
pero
sustantivo.
El
capitulo reglas
trata
son no
aprender
dos
son
dificiles.
Al
faciles.
El
libro ninos
de
gramatica espanola
pero
las reglas
ingles. Los
un
ingleses
no
estudian Uno de
espahol.
los ninos tienen
es son
espafiol
ocho clases
pero
y
poquito
y
pero
muy
bien.
afios
manana
el
otro
tiene
cuatro.
diez.
Son
hermanos. de la los
Hoy
ninos
maestra
La
maestra
pequefia buenos,
bonita.
son
de
los
discipulos de
otros
perezosos.
(b).
iQue
I
tienen
un es
alii?
Tienen
pequeno?
iDe
quien
el libro?
LESSON
VI
Que
Son
clase
de
libro
los
es? nifios? de ?
perezosos
Estudian
la leccion estudian
hoy?
Que
Es
capitulo
largo
el
capitulo?
de
paginas
las el
reglas tienen
que
aprendcr? espanola
"J
faciles
reglas?
de
libro clases
tienen afios
gramatica
los
francesa
nifios
hoy?
los
nifios?
los
ninos
Es
grande
clase
la maestra de
discipulos
6
el
tiene
americano americano
espaiiol?
nino?
ingles
espaiiol?
6 franees?
Es
usted
somos
espanol
muchos
Que
Tiene
nosotros?
usted
amigos
f ranceses
un
f ranceses tiene
Cuantos Tienen
amigos
los
usted?
aleman
discipulos
6
maestro
americano?
Son
americanos
alemanes
los
muchachos?
LESSON
VI.
42.
Past
form
stem
gation Participle. Regular verbs of the first conjutheir past participlesby adding -ado the to
infinitive. -ido. Verbs of the second
and
of
the
third
jugations con-
spoken;
vivido, lived;
past
tenido, had;
escribir
comldo,
eaten;
The
irregular
participle of
is escrito.
43.
"to
The
have/' is
The
of
compound
of
other
verbs.
26
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
PRESENT
1. 2.
INDICATIVE
i. 2.
he,
has ha.
a.
have,
etc.
hemos,
habeis
han
we
have,
etc.
3-
3.
used
third person, a hay, "there is," "there are." impersonally to mean There el comedor. is a table, etc. mesa en Hay una Hay much os discipulos en la clase. There are many,
There
is
also
form
of
the
which
is
etc.
44.
The
tense
Perfect formed
The
perfect tense
indicative be
to to
is of
pound com-
present
main
haber,
use
and
the
The
of this tense
English
used
instead
simple past
PERFECT
INDICATIVE
Comer
(I have
1.
.
eaten,
have
been
i.
2.
eating,
hemos habeis han
ate.)
he has
comido
comido
2.
comido
comido The
ccmido
comido
3.
ha
a.
3.
auxiliary
verb
must
not
be
separated
from
its participle.
j Ha
trabajado
han
listed? los
Have nihos?
you
been Have
working?
the children
not
4N0 studying?
45.
estudiado
been
The
Present
Participle. Verbs
their
stem
of the
first
the
of
third
never participles
The
present
irregular
verb is
estar.
as
The
:
present
indicative
follows
SINGULAR 1. 2.
PLURAL
estoy,
estds estd The
I am,
etc.
1.
estamos,
estdis estdn
estar
are
we
are,
etc.
2.
3.
3.
present
and
past
of participles
regular.
LESSON
VI
27
47. both
A.
a.
:
mean
of
are
ser
and used
estar.
These
verbs, though
not
interchangeably.
that
To
express
condition
or
quality
is temporary
or
dental acci-
Bstoy
El
agna
cansado.
estd
am
caliente. listed?
is
warm.
jComo
b.
or
estd
you?
or
To
express
:
"place
where"
position,
is in
whether
permanent
temporary
El El
hombre
cuarto
en en
Paris. la
casa.
The
The Where
man room
Paris.
the
is in
house.
jDonde
c.
el maestro?
is the
express
With
the
present
I
participle to
am
Estoy
Usted B.
a. :
comiendo. estd
eating.
You
are
escribiendo.
:
writing.
Ser
To
is used
express
condition
or
quality
that
is permanent
or
herent in-
La
maestro
es
bonita.
The
Is
noun
teacher
lesson
or
is pretty
jEs
b. Los
fdcil la leccion?
With
senores es es
a
the
easy?
:
predicate
son una
pronoun
amigos.
ciudad.
Who
The Madrid
are
Madrid
friends.
jQuien
c.
usted?
To
express
es es
ownership,
de de
material
origin :
straw. to
El El
La d.
sombrero sombrero
carta
es
paja.
usted.
The The
The
hat
hat
is of
belongs
is from
you.
de
Espafia.
letter
:
Spain.
No,
the
In
impersonal No,
Cases the the look
es
expressions
temprano.
in
Es
Note
tarde?
a.
Is
it late? with
it is
use
early.
of
ser
arise
connection takes
a
and
estar,
own:
where
as we
in
Spaniard expression, La
youth
are as
different
es
sefiora
a
joven, "The
where
to
upon
the
Note
rules
given
Some
with
rare,
and
temporary will be
viewpoint from our lady is young,'" quality. Such exceptions acquired by practice only.
meanings
are
b. used
adjectives have
ser or
different The
estar estar estar estar
commonest
according
these
:
as
they
ser ser ser ser
are
estar.
triste,to
be
sad
28
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY.
Remark. Words in vocabularies will from be
"
now
on
arranged
alphabetically.
arriba, adv., up-stairs. bastante, adv., enough, plenty. biblioteca, library, study.
calient c, warm,
hot. tired.
pajctjstraw.
Paris,
Paris. pre para r, to prepare. qaienes? who? (plur. of
cansado,
-a,
quien?)
over.
repasar,
to
review,
go
cuarto,
chocolate, m., chocolate. del todo, adv., at all. desayuno, breakfast. enfermo, -a, ill,sick. frio, -a, cold. listo, -a, ready.
EXERCISE
subir, to go up, come up. tarde, adv., late. adv., early. temprano, todavia, adv., still,yet.
tostadas, toast. triste, sad. adv., already. ya,
VI.
(a).
usted ha
con
Maria,
^donde
esta
usted?
Estoy
el de
en
la
cocina.
iEsta
":No
trabajando? Juan
Estoy preparando
todavia?
el chocolate
en
para
Juan.
bajado
Luisa.
y
Si;
esta
despacho hoy?
listo
(la biblioteca)
Ella
esta
";Estan repasando
escribiendo
una
la leccion
carta.
en
estudi-
ando
el esta
y
";Esta
mesa.
el
desayuno?
El
chocolate
estan
la ha
\b).
madre?
que
esta
no
Es
Esta
Juan
no
bajado
todavia. de
";D6nde Madre,
enfermo bastante.
esta "Jpor-
arriba.
Ha No
subido
esta
al cuarto del
Juan.
Esta
bueno
todo.
(or
malo). (c).
agua
caliente?
?v
En
la cocina
hay
iEs temprano
";D6nde iQue
I Para esta esta
Maria?
"
preparando
esta
en
la
cocina?^
el
quien
esta esta
no
preparando
de
con
desayuno?,
,;D6nde
I Quien
"; Por
el cuarto
Juan?^
Juan? Juan
todavia?
arriba
ha
que
bajado
^ Como
esta
":Es
,; Por
malo
que
enfermo?
que
madre
subir
al cuarto
de
Juan
LESSON
VII
2Q
('"/). ^Donde
I Por que
estamos?
estamos
aqui?
estudiando?
iQue
i Cuanto
estamos
hemos
aprendido hay
muchachas? las
?
en
;Cuantas
muchachas
son
la
clase?
;Quienes
I Por
;
que
esta
usted
en
triste? Paris?
Ha
estado
que
usted
;En
; ;
ciudad libros
esta
estamos?
Cuantos Como
hay
en
la
mesa
del
maestro
usted?
LESSON
VII.
49.
Use
of
the
Possessive
to
Adjectives.
to
There
is
possessive adjective
The
person
correspond
number be of
each
personal
noun. pro-
and shall
the
possessor
determine
agrees number
which, possessive
with
and
used, and
the
possessive
in
the
noun
modified Its
libro.
gender.
Tcngo
Hemos
tu
have
nuestra
your
estudiado
ami g
son. les-
Ellos
sus
os.
They
friends.
30
If the
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
a.
possessive adjective
before
y
modifies
more
than
one
noun,
it is expressed mi hermano
each
noun
modified.
my
mi
hermana,
brother
and
sister.
50.
the third
The
possessive adjective
su, sus,
sit.
person,
may be
mean
The
"your,"
and used
"their."
It should take
noted verb of
ustedes,
also
to
which the
the
with avoid
possessive
as
the
exact
third
person. of
times, Somesu,
:
doubt
to
the
meaning
the
following
la la la la la la
a. casa casa casa casa
substitute
de de de de de de also el ella ellos ellas usted ustedes find
possessive
his her
construction
is used
!" their
su
casa
casa
casa
[" your
double
casa
We
casa
the
de
el, su
de
ellos,su
de
construction
su
casa
51.
SINGULAR
Possessive
Pronouns.
PUJRAI,
ENGLISH
el
mio,
los
mios,
mine
yours
el tuyo el suyo,
his, hers,
ours
yours,
its
nuestros,
nuestras
la vuestra
vuestros,
suyos,
la suya
theirs,
yours
52. pronoun
Use
of
the
to
Possessive the
Pronouns. of
a a noun
A and
a
is used
take it.
place
possessive possessive
to
There
is
pronoun
possessive
gender
thing
sessed. pos-
and la tuya, my house yours. libros. libro y usted tiene dos Yo ten go un book have I los a son pero pequenos. suyos small. is large, but yours Mine books. areMi
casa
El and
mio
you
es
gvande,
two
have
32
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
EXERCISE
VII.
y tu
(a).
y
su
Mi
padre
Usted
yo. y
su
Tu
tio.
y
hi jo.
y
El
su
madre.
Ella
Vosdueno.
hermano.
y vuestras
sus
Nosotros
sus
nuestros
amigos.
y
su
otros
tias.
Ellos
Ustedes
libros.
sus
El
libro
Ellas
sombreros.
maestros.
(b).
Ellos
ustedes
y
Ella
ellas
y
el y el los tios
amigo
de
de
ella.
Usted
y
el y el maestro ellos
y
de
el. de
ellos.
Ustedes
los
padres
(or
Mi
sus
padres de ustedes).
madre
y
tu
(c).
el tuyo. de los ella mios. ella y de
y
La
mia
y
y
la tuya. el de
Mi
padre hijos
Tu
hi jo y el.
el mio. Nuestro
maestros
padre
el de
y
ella. Nuestros
El amigo
y
el de
usted. los
ustedes. las
Los
usted
y
nuestros.
Las tuyos
tias de
y
vuestras.
Tus
primos
mis
primos.
Los
lo'
(d).
esposo
Mi mi
madre madre.
esposo
es
la
esposa
de el
mi
padre
de
tu
y tu
mi
padre
6
es
el
tu
un
de
Tu
de
tu
tio
es es
hermano
padre
Luisa
tios
de
madre.
El
Su
de
tia
tambien
sus
tio.
tiene de
primo.
El primo
libro tiene
y
primo
Luisa dos tias de
: su
es
el
hijo de'
un
tios
(i.e., de
es
los
ella).
El
Usted
tiene
tio. duefios
Su
son
tio
el
y
padre de
su
Luisa.
tiene
tres
dnefios. la
Sus
Luisa
hermana.. de
su
hermana tio de
y
de
su
padre, la hermana
Nuestras
nuestros
es
madre,
la esposa
nuestros
usted.
primas
tios.
son
de
es
primos
vuestro
las
hijas de
Luis El
de de
Vuestro
el
hijo de
son es
padre.
el de
primo
es
de
Maria
el
su
Maria
Eduardo
el. ellos
hermanos.
su
primo
ellos usted.
ella
tambien
primo
de de
Usted
es
hermano
su
por
consiguiente hijos
y
son
primo
tros nues-
tambien
son
primo
Los
las mi
hijas de padre
el
nuestros
primos.
son
Mis
padres
y
son
mi mi
Mis
y
hermanos hermana.
mis
y
hermanos
mis
hermanas
porque
mi
-Usted
son
Luisa
primos
y
padre
de
ella y el
padre de usted
la misma
y
hermanos.
porque
Luis
Su
estudian
maestro
leccion el maestro
el
de
ustedes
es es
de
el mismo.
mi
padre?
de
la madre
son
Eduardo?
^;Quienes ;Quien
nuestros
padres?
Manuela?
primos
es
tenemos?
la tia de
LESSON
VIII
iQuienes
";De quien
son es
vuestros
sobrinos?
que
el libro
son
tengo?
que
iDe iEs
";Ha
;Es
quienes
es
los
libros
que
ustedes tiene?
en
tienen?
";De quien
mio 6
el libro
Maria
que
esta
tuyo
el libro mi de
la mesa?
hallado
usted
pluma
6 de
la
tuya?
el sombrero
ella
Maria?
LESSON
VIII.
SYNOPSIS.
ADJECTIVES
"
(a)
descriptive
number
(34)
(35) (33)
_
gender
agreement
(37)
(b) (c)
NOUNS PRONOUNS
"
numeral,
cardinal,
(39)
possessive,
of masculine
(48,
49,
50)
special
"
use
possessive,
regular
(51,
52,
VERBS
"
(a)
(1) present participle (45) (2) past participle (42) (44) (3) perfect indicative (1) (2) (3)
ser
(b)
irregular
estar
"
haber
with
ser
(47)
MISCELLANEOUS"
"
word
order
idiomatic,
(40)
EXERCISE
Remark. their The "intimate"
pronouns
VIII.
of be
the
used
second hard
person
and
corresponding possessives are not to A Turn into Spanish. 1. good girl wishes learn. A she to 2. deal) because
lessons. is
a
in this
lesson.
a
studies bad
to
(i.e.s
not
great
review
boy
learn
does
his
3.
Many
room,
lazy children
but cousin class?
are
have is
rules. 5.
4.
The
kitchen is very
small and in
the
large.
6. How
The
many
teacher
pretty
are
her his
is handsome. 7.
too
French
the sons les-
girls
Whose
10.
there
your
is
quite
the
my
easy,
grammar
but
of
grammar
Is
John's?
and sister.
is
it?
9.
Louis
years
Emma Edward
and
are
brother
11. 12.
Louise
nieces
is ten
are
and
my
brothers'
eight. daughters.
is
My
We
nephews
are
not
34
at
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
My uncle and aunt are in Have city of Madrid. 14. We eaten The not are is water already yet? eating. you 15. 16. cold and the chocolate is hot. I am fast preparing the breakfor my mother. cousin is prepar17. Being industrious, my ing 18. Being sick,she does the lesson for day after to-morrow. wish to eat. not They have had to go up. They are upstairs 19. teacher and you the the pupil. 21. I You and are am 20. now. Did the hat American. I are 22. to-day? 23. Having buy you no they are sad. 24. Have you not been in Paris ? 25. You money, mother and your mother the sister,consequently my are are my 26. Your same. (plu.)toast is on the table. Ours is in the kitchen. friend is in the library. 28. Who are nephews? 27. Her your
are
all well.
We
very
sick.
13.
Paris but
they
have
relatives
in the
29.
The
house
is mine,
31. We
ours,
yours,
his.
a
30.
Whose
of
tour
is the
pages.
pen
which
many
I have?
are
have
learned How
lesson
you
How
there in yours?
32.
are
(/"/".)?
LESSON
IX.
55.
Noun
of
Material,
a
etc.
Material
a
is
expressed in
of material,
Spanishby
as
the
de preposition
noun
followed by
as an
noun
instead of by
in
un un
used
of material, adjective
English.
sombrero de encaje,a lace hat. traje de seda, a silk dress.
a.
another
general,Spanish is opposed to the use of like an adjective. The noun directly, a joinedby preposition.
In tienda de zapatos,
verano,
a a
noun
to
are
nouns
una un
shoe-store. dress.
trajede
mesa
summer
la
del
la calle de
56.
as
Noun
as
Object.
When
noun
used
of a verb denotes a person, a living higher object the is used before a preposition animal, or a personification,
direct it. This
be called the
personalob-
WESSON
IX
35
jective
since
El
He
we
or
easy
to
remember,
indirect
object only.*
calls his son. father padre llama a su hijo. The have I al bought the dog. comprado perro. Are usted Maria? looking for Mary? a iBusca you nate the object is not The when is omitted a definite,determia. a
person
or
animal.
un
He b. the
comprado
For
nino
to
perro.
of
have
bought
a
dog.
the
sake
clearness, the
there
a
is also
hermano
before generally omitted indirect object. The his la escuela. boy takes
an
is
brother
c.
school.
a
The
is omitted
before
the
the
verb
tener.
Tengo
57. lish to omitted
A
dos
hermanos.
I have
two
Possessive "at
Construction.
etc.
It is current In
in the
Engnoun
say, in
Wanamaker's,"
must
Spanish
English
de
be
supplied.
d la tienda
a casa
Wanamaker.
de
Eduardo.
Agreement
two
or more
of
Adjectives,
nouns
a. same
An
of
the
plural,and
un
takes
the
gender
hermosos,
of the
a
nouns
traje y
y
un
sombrero
son
handsome and
and
hat.
Maria b. An
Luisa
bonitas.
Mary
Louise
pretty.
of different
two or nouns more adjective that modifies the masculine in is genders plural. usually put father mi and son buenos, my padre y mi madre are good.
my
mother
59.
Demonstrative
Adjectives.
*The but
not to
use nouns
of
accusative
a
is extended
to
nouns
in
the
plural,
numeral.
a
Busco
mis
amigos.
dos
perros.
comprado
36
a.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
demonstrative
agrees
adjective
stands and
before
the
noun
fies it modi-
and
with
este
it in number
gender.
esa
muchacha.
in
use
b.
These
demonstratives
to
the
English
is
monstrati de-
ese
and
drawn
near
what
has
to
relation
out
the
addressed.
both
Aquel
and
is the
only
point
what
is remote
from
speaker
addressed.
60.
a.
Demonstrative
In
Pronouns.
pronouns
are
form,
the
demonstrative
distinguished from
bear the
the
demonstrative
on
the
in
that
they
written
cent ac-
etc.
The
demonstrative
pronouns
correspond
are
in
meaning
the
to
the of
demonstrative
a
adjectives,
which
este
es
but
they
in
used
to
take
place
noun,
with
they
libro
y
agree
tu
number
ese.
and
gender.
Yo
tengo
libro
tienes
es
Ese
pequeno,
aquel
grande.
Personal Pronouns. of the Prepositional Forms used of the personal pronouns The forms as object of a the subject forms as (see 26), preposition are the same second with the exception of the first and singular, persons mi and the specialforms have ti, respectively. which 61.
a
mi,
to
me.
de
con
a
ti,from
you.
el, con
nosotros,
ella,wTith him,
to
us.
with
her.
de de
usted,
de
ustedes,
from
from
you.
vosotros,
you.
para
a.
ellos,para
and
"with and
ellas,for
them
are
"With
me"
the
special
forms
conmigo
expressed
by
62. Present
The
Irregular Verb,
Past
ir, "to
go."
Infinitive
ir,
Part., yendo,
Part., ido.
ussson
ix
37
Remark.
a.
that
in with
this
an
tense
the
stem
is
v-.
Ir
by
This
un
infinitive also
I
am
means
"to
be
about
to,"
"to
be
going
a
construction sombrero.
un
expresses
purpose.
Voy
Deseo
a
comprar
ir
a
going
I
want
to to
buy
go
hat.
comprar
sombrero.
and
(to) buy
hat.
63.
not
Spanish
use
of
names
of
places after
idiom.
and Note
en
always correspond
:
to
the
English
the
al
a en en
.
despacho,
to
the
office
la escuela, to la escuela, at
casa, casa,
casa
school.
school, in school.
at
a a
home
de
home,
VOCABULARY.
(direction). alia, adv., there barato, cheap. buscar, to look for. calle, f., street. Carmen,
casa, cerca,
Carmen. home.
near
house, adv.,
noche, f.,night, evening. pair. m., to spend. pasar, pass, to remain, stay. qiicdar, time (short period of), rato, spell,while.
par,
to responder, Rico, a family seda, silk.
answer. name.
by.
glove.
(used
juntos, -as, together. lectura, reading. lejos, adv., far, a long Lopez, a family name. morning. manana, mejor, adj., best.
necesitar,
to
way
off.
zapato,
shoe.
need.
38
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
EXERCISE
IX.
es
esta
pluma?
libro
Esa
de
pluma
lectura
es
mia. de
";De quien
usted.
son
libro
son
de
lectura?
Este
es
,iDe Juan
mia.
son
quienes
y
aquellos
su
en
sombreros?
Aquellos
de
estos
sombreros
de
no
Luis.
He
suyos
pluma
casa.
usted)?
mis libros?
Esa
es
no
Esos
Aquellos
de
a
de
no
usted
esta
(suyos).
cerca. a
escuela
no va
Luisa*
en
Esta
lejos, Esta
Su
hermano
mafiana
Luisa
va
quedar
Maria busca
casa.
Va
la escuela.
no
Juan
esta
su
con
ella.
Van
juntos.
llama
a su
Ahora
a
Juan
esta
no
listo hermana.
todavia. Maria
no
Juan.
hermano. tiene
que
Juan
Busca ir sin
aqui. No responde a
tambien
sus
libros. ir sola.
Si Juan
esta
listo,Maria
el.
Tiene
que
la
escuela
de
Luisa?
ella esta
va a
mafiana?
casa
a
de
su
amiga
Quien
con
ella
la escuela?
IA
quien
que
llama
no
Maria?
el?
su
iPor
responde
Maria ella?
sus a
"jD6nde iDonde
I Tiene
busca halla
hermano?
";A quien
ha
dejado
libros?
su
ella que
ir sin
a un
hermano?
a
(d). Esta
necesito
de mucho.
tarde
voy
la ciudad
sombrero
un
comprar
unas
cosas
que
Necesito
y
de de
encaje, un
verano.
par
de
guantes
de
seda, zapatos,
seda
para
traje
y
es
En
Mi
la tienda
Rico
hay
sedas
va
encajes
hermosos
muy
baratos.
amiga
Es
una
men Carmu-
Lopez
chacha
muy
conmigo. padres
noche ha
Ella
mi
y
su
mejor
madre
amiga.
son
simpatica. Su padre
y
tambien
a
muy
un
simrato
paticos.
con
Mis
yo
vamos
vamos
muchas alia.
noches
pasar
ellos.
Esta
(e). iDonde
iQue
I I
comprado
usted
usted
comprar
estos
guantes?
necesita
va con
ahora?
Quien
usted?
es
Lopez?
Carmen?
simpaticos
usted usted
a
padres?
en
las noches
casa
casa?
ahora?
40
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
continues
accent
to
have
the
on
stress
on
is
now
required
I wish
to
present
to
the
hablarte.
speak
or
you.
In
an
the
case
of
an
infinitive
tener
the
the
object
participle depending ir a), que, deber, estar, querer, the auxiliary, or be attached to
a
present
infinitive.
Desco
hablarle
hablando le
\l
\
r
T
wish ,
.
t0
sPeak
,
.
to
hlm-
Le
~
_
estoy
77,.,,
am
speaking
to
him.
hablando
Double that
Pronoun there is
a
Object
chance the for third
Construction.
confusion in the
It
use
will of
noted
object pronouns
"I the
of
person.
or
Le
hablo
might
speak
to
"to
you," according
to
to
context.
For
it is customary
add, after
of the noun, pro-
the
verb, the
Le
Lcs La
a.
in any where employed person, The is desired. unable, are object pronouns emphasis or contrast of themselves, to emphasis. express habla Me He a mi, pero no le habla a usted. speaks to me, but he does to not speak you. buscan Nos les buscan ustedes. They are a a nosotros, pero no not looking for you. looking for us, but they are b. The
similar
construction
prepositionalform
of
the
pronoun
may
be
placed, for
greater
A
c.
construction
It is
usted, is considered
when
not
more
polite than
clearness Note. is
or
alone.
constantly used
needed
for
emphasis.
The the
use use
of of
in
these the
constructions
with
parallel to
67.
d with
personal object.
Note that
direct
Some of the
forms all of
nearly
WESSON
41
a.
poder,
Past
"to
be
able," "can,"
"may."
Pres.
Part.,
pudiendo,
Part., podido.
PRESENT INDICATIVE
puedo,
puedes puede b. Pres. querer,
can,
etc.
podemos, podcis
pueden
we
can,
etc.
"to
wish,"
Past
"be
Part., queriendo.
"love."
PRESENT
INDICATIVE
etc.
queremos,
we
want,
etc.
quereis quierep,
the of Will
Querer
not
expresses
willingness, but
i
in
the
sense
in
the
sense
of
with
me?
Note direct Yo La
c.
2. by the personal objective or Querer followed "to of the personal pronoun, mean object form may
by
-a
love."
the
girl.
decir,
"to
tell," "to
PRESENT
say."
INDICATIVE
Pres.
Part., dieiendo.
Past
Part., dicho.
digo,
dices
I say,
etc.
dccimos,
decis dicen
we
say,
etc.
dice,
d. Past
hacer,
"to
do,"
PRESENT
"make."
Pres.
Part.,
haciendo.
Part., hecho.
INDICATIVE
"
hago,
haces hace
do,
etc.
hacemos,
haceis haceii
we
do,
etc.
68.
Idiomatic.
English
with
an
"to
like."
To
express
the
verb
the Spanobject, we must use ish ject please," with the indirect obthe English verb becomes the
subject of
Este
the
me
Spanish
gusta.
sentence.
I like
libro
this bock.
(This
book
pleases me.)
42
No
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
me
gustan
don't Maria?
aquellos
please me.)
Do
sombreros.
don't
like
those
hats.
(Those
hats
i~Le gusta
you
like Mary?
VOCABULARY.
few algunos, -as, some, a (adj. or pron.). amable, kind, agreeable. Barcelona, Barcelona. castigar, to punish. color, m., color. completo, -a, complete. purchase. compra, politely. cortesmente, dependiente, clerk, employee. donde, where (relative).
ensenar,
to to m.,
adv.,
m.,
more,
most.
modelo,
pan,
pattern,
bread.
design, style.
Pedro, Peter. pluma, feather. primero, adv., first. que, conj., that. who (relative). que, what! how! (excl.) que!
recomendar,
to
recommend.
show.
esperar,
expect,
favor.
wait
for.
favor,
gusto,
pleasure. liabilidad,f.,ability,skill.
hace usted
que
Sanchez, a family name. saludar,*to greet. surtido, stock, assortment. visitar,to visit.
.?
. .
j Me
el
favor de
me
Will
are
you
please
to
?
. . .
Es
favor
usted
hace.
You
very
kind
say
so.
EXERCISE
X. Me ha
(a).
Tu
Mi
te
madre
busca.
me
llama.
comprado amiga
Os
nos
un
sombrero.
padre
una
Te
Vuestro le
habla.
maestro
Nuestra
os
visita.
un un
Nos libro.
escribe
carta.
ensena.
ensefia hecho
va a
La
madre
de
Luis Luisa
Le
ha
traje.
la
es-
El
padre
de
Ha
le dice
en
la
para
quiere. Maria
aprenderla.
pan
su es
aprender
la
esta
leccion. tudiando
quedado
Lo
ha
Ahora
(esta
comerlo.
estudiandola).
come.
El
bueno.
Juan
ha
desea les
(quiere)
Ninos,
muchas
a va
madre
cosas.
(de ustedes)
Las
las
(los) quiere.
para
Les
comprado
dice las
en
comprado
La
madre
a
El
padre
dice
que
las
a
ninas
que
quiere mucho.
Ninas,
de
sus
castigar (a ustedes).
del
maestro.
los
ha
dejado puede
casa
El padre busca
no
hallarlos.
iHa
llamado
pero
va
usted
dice
a
Juan?
no
llamado,
que
que
puede
Pedro Pedro tarde?
ir
con es
nosotras.
su
Espera
amigo,
a
Pedro
Sanchez
le
visitarle.
mejor
Juan
quiere mucho.
vamos
Tambien
esta
le
quiere mucho
el.
I Donde
primero
LESSON
43
Quiero
recomendar
hacer
algunas
usted
compras
un
compras.
iQue
?
tienda
me
puede
usted
(puede
clase de
recomendarme) quiere
sombrero. la usted
iQue
I
hacer?
Quiero
mi
me
comprar
A
son
gusta
y
mucho la
casa
tienda
un
de
Rico.
muy
Los
dependientes completo.
el
muy
amables,
Cuando
cortesmente,
tiene
surtido
(c).
la
una
sefiora
y
entra
en
una
tienda,
ique
dependiente
usted?
saluda
le
le hace
dice:
Sefiora,
el favor
desea ensefiarme
La
sefiora
responde
? mucho
i Me
usted
de
algunos
sombreros Con Me
gusto.
mas
"jNo
le
gusta
usted
es
este?
gusta
aquel.
hace
un
Esta
pluma
demasiado
grande.
(d).
iQue
haciendo bonito
que
es
usted, traje
Y
j que
me
Maria? de
verano.
Estoy
i
Que
es
! usted
habilidad
hace.
tiene usted la ha
usted
muy
para
estas
'
cosas
Es
favor
(Es
amable.)
usted?
Esta
La
he
seda
magnifica.
en
";D6nde
comprado
comprado
me
Barcelona.
El
modelo
gusta
mucho,
tambien
el
color.
(e). iQuien
I
iQue
quiere
a
Juan?
quiere quiere
llama dice
Juan Juan?
la
sefiora?
quien quien
le
I A
"
Juan?
le de
tienda clase
gusta
mas
dependientes
hacerme decirme el
un
esta
tienda?
Quiere Quiere
usted usted
ensefia
donde
comprado
sefiora?
esa
seda?
iQue iQue
":No
dependiente
la
le
dice
ella? usted
en
puede
no
quiere
usted
are
hacer
very
mi
traje?
kind"
iComo
I Como
decimos decimos
en
please
show
me
that
book"
44
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON
XL
69.
are
Indicative
Imperfect
of
are
and
Past
Definite. that
There
two
simple
tenses
the
indicative
the
These
called
of
(Preterite). Each
one
these
first
has
two
sets
of
endings:
and
-er
one
of the the
for -ir
to
second
and
verbs).
stem
These
endings
in
regular verbs,
added
the
of the infinitive
(19).
ENDINGS.
PAST FIRST
DEFINITE
2D AND
CONJ.
SINGULAR
3D
CONJ.
PAST
DEFINITE
ensene
ensefiastc
enseno
ensenamos
evsenasteis
ensenaron
a.
present
tense
it
was
found
falls
on
of
in four
forms
the
3.).
on
that
in
first and
third
present
alike, and imperfect 1st and 3d sing, are def. the first conjugations past person indie, first person plu.
LESSON
XI
45
70.
a.
Use
The
at
of
past
some
Imperfect
definite
and
Past
a
Definite.
act
expresses
definite
act at
occurring
time
not
and
tinuous. con-
completed
time. Juan No b. past
point
of
past
time
; an
in past
some
It
expresses
what
"took
place"
to
me
particular past
me
hablo
ayer.
John
did
not
spoke
yesterday.
act
cantaron.
They
habitual
sing.
represents past.
an as
The
or
imperfect commonly
as
continuing
be
in
time,
in with I
was
the the
It must
sometimes
lated trans-
by "was"
Hscribia En
hard.
c. una
("were")
carta.
present
a
or participle,
by
used
"used
to."
writing
mucho.
letter. Madrid
we
Madrid
estudidbamos
In
to
study
When
two
actions
occur
simultaneously,
by
I
was
one
the the
interrupted act is expressed interrupting act by the past definite. Comia cuando mi llamo. padre me
other, the
called
In
me.
the
eating
scenic
the
to
describe
persons
of
definite
Cuando
ron,
en
llegay
young
encontraron
Rita de
Elvira
cucar
Rita the
and
la puerta.
la
Sus
no
mantillas la
doorway.
lower
brian de
mas
parte
que
manera
que
la
part
that alone
completely
foreheads
eyes
visible.
Irregular Imperfects. Only three Spanish verbs, ir and "to see/' are dicative irregular in the imperfect inser, ver, All other imperfects are formed ing regularly by addof the infinitive. The endings to the stem Imperfects ir are of ser below. and given
71.
46
72. Past
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
gressive Proestar. Progressive Conjugation with action in past time may be expressed not only by the simple imperfect (see yob), but also by the imperfect used the present participle. (Compare of estar with 47 A, c.) Bstaba trabajando. I comiendo. Estdbamos
a.
was
We
Past of
customary
the verb
or
habitual
may
be
expressed
with
an
by the
itive. infin-
imperfect
acosiaimbrarse
"to
be
used/'
used
Acostumbrdbamos
trabajar mucho.
We
to
work
hard.
Orthographically Irregular Verbs. ish Many Spanverbs which are conjugated regularly undergo certain in order to preserve jugation changes of spelling throughout the conthe has
or
73.
sound
which Verbs g of
the
final consonant
of
the in
stem
-car
in -gar,
the
infinitive.
c
whose
the
stem
e.
infinitive ends
to
change
the the
and
when
tively respec-
already
affected
Definite,
1st
person
sing.,is
This compound tense Pluperfect Indicative. is formed by the imperfect of haber, and the past participle is similar to that of of the verb to be conjugated. Its use the English pluperfect.
Habia Habiamos comido. I had
eaten.
estudiado
la
leccion.
We
had
studied
the
lesson.
VOCABULARY. acomfianar,
pany.
to
be
with,
accom-
about
(with
in
hablar, of,
de,
to
prep.,
front
encontrar,
cntonccs,
near.
cafe,
cerca
m.,
coffee, cafe.
prep.,
come
upon.
de,
cudndof
when?
cuando,
conj., when.
fiasco, to
go
to
walk.
-4-8
(d). iCuando
IA
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
paso
usted
por
la Calle de Sevilla?
usted cerca del Cafe Ingles? quien encontro usted? ^Donde le encontro le Quien acompafiaba? I usted? iCuando les encontro Pedro a iLe presento su hijo? ustedes entonces? iDonde entraron
I Para que entraron
ustedes
en
el cafe?
ustedes asientos? ^Donde tomaron A llamo Suarez? quien I iTomo usted algo? nada el hijo de Suarez? ";No tomo mientras ustedes I Quien entro que
hablaban?
Cuando
6 iba usted
I Quien IA
a
usted
esta
manana
";ibausted
entro
en
paseo,
era
con
quien usted
el cafe?
quien busco
usted alii?
LESSON
SYNOPSIS.
XII.
ADJECTIVES"
NOUN"
(58)
PRONOUN
(a) of material (55) (b) as personal object (56) (c) possessive construction (57) (a) personal (1) prepositionalforms (2) object forms (64)
"
(61)
"
"
" "
position (65)
double construction past
VERB
"
forms definite,
use
(72) (3) indicative pluperfect (74) (b) irregular (1) orthographical changes (73) (2) irregular imperfects (71) (3) ir, piesent indicative, etc. (62) etc. (67) (4) poder, auerer, decir, hacer, pres. indicative, MISCELLANEOUS" idiomatic, "to like" (68)
EXERCISE
Turn he husband where
we
XII.
my
son
into
was
Spanish.
bad.
2.
were
1.
punished
this afternoon
cause be-
She
with
and
father
two
Carmen's
bought
licsson
xiii
49
looked of the window out at friends, we waiting for our in 6. He front of the cafe. the greeted passing people wrho were her. I when I Seville St. met me through was going politely. 7. He I am 8. (intimate sing.) something. going to tell you 9. It he is that 10. (intimate plu.) to-morrow. going to visit you says I can recommend is my is calling me. mother's voice. She 11. and kind clerks they have very (ordinary sing.) a store where you Did stock. treat 12. they (ordinary plu. fern.) complete a you very there first? well? do not we together May Why 13. you go go the things that talk about afterwards? She to always wants 14. The that her. have night to they wish to go togirls say happened 15.
we were
and
very
you meet
that and
to
Peter I
may
go
with
them.
16.
These
shoes
are
not
take
21. came
those better than Do yonder. 17. did your uncle purchases ? 18. Whom this morning the Cafe did you not near Ingles? 19. Why Did 20. they spend a pleasant evening at Louisa's? anything? What the teacher were they doing at school this morning when
cheap,
like
a
them
wish
make
few
in?
answer
22.
When in
am
will
you
go
to
walk
not
with need
me?
my
23.
Can
you
not
him
I
consequently
nice
me
Spanish? going to
not to
24.
I do it at
reading book;
She
is
a
leave
go
25.
you
were
very
girl and
another
Are
ought
pattern
and
another for
not
buying them you for you (ordinary) and sister to the president? (ordinary fern.). I you girl.
28.
for
30.
29.
for
him. him
he
introduced
31.
I love
you
and
loves He
love
(ordinary fern.).
LESSON
XIII.
75. action
Verbs. back
upon
reflexive
the
verb
is the
one
whose
meaning The this way. object of a reflexive of indirect, according to the nature is expressed by a reflexive pronoun and person the subject. as
transitive
I
whose
verb. be be
Any
in
or
may
used
direct
This
same
object
number
strike
myself. glass.
The We
50
76. Reflexive for
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Pronouns. each
In
English
number
we
have
flexive re-
(myself, yourself, which one Spanish reflexive, se, for third person and serves singular and plural, masculine feminine, direct or indirect object. For the other persons, the regular personal object pronouns used. are
pronoun etc.). In
i. 2.
me,
myself,
to
myself
i.
2.
nos, os,
ourselves,
yourselves,
to to
ourselves
te,
se,
yourself,to
yourself (int.)
yourselves, yourselves,
{int.)
3.
3.
se, to
themselves,
themselves,
as
to
yourselves
of
a
a.
is used
for
object
third
sition, prepo-
the preposition con, when first In the conmigo, contigo). (parallel and forms of the personal second the prepositional regular persons, used. (See 61.) are pronouns el sombrero I buy the hat for myself. Compro para mi.
or
form
phi., m. consigo
si is used after
to
the
person
(sing.
the
77. of accordance El
Me
Position
a
of
Reflexive
Pronoun
Object.
The
verb in
sition poin
reflexive with
se
is before after the or pronoun the rule stated for object pronouns
ensena.
un
65.
muchacho he
The
sombrero. make
boy
oneself himself
teaches
himself.
'comprado
un
I have
a
bought
dress.
myself
hat.
Hacerse
traje.
bien.
To
Tratdndose
Treating
well.
78. be:
a.
Kinds
of
Reflexive
Verbs.
reflexive verb
may
meaning.
b. A of
without simple transitive verb used reflexively the examples in jj. Such are given above
transitive
or
change of
with
intransitive
verb
used
reflexively
change
mar
marcharse,
to to
to
go
away.
llamar,
hallar,
c.
call; llamarse,
And
;
be find
hallarse,
to
be,
to
be.
Verbs
are
These
English.
atrcverse,
dare;
constiparse,to
catch
LESSON
XIII
51
DRILL.
Conjugate
definite, and
atreverse
in in the
the
hallarse
past
79. Force.
se
Reflexives A the
very
common
used
Impersonal
or
Passive
use
with
third
person
as a
impersonal force, or
a.
is the
a
of
verb, with
third
If
no
the
person
singular.
Se
dice
etc.
se
Juan mucho is
an
estd
enfermo. They
They
don't
say
John,
No
b.
bebe there
en
Espana. expressed
number hablan
drink
Spain.
or
If
singular
languages
in
are
espanol
se
habla
en
Espana.
spoken
Spain.
80.
sort
Interrogatives
que
and
cudl.
Que,
"what,"
is and
of be
may
general utilityinterrogative. It is uninfected, used as subject or as object, as adjective or in past lessons.) (See sentences
as a
noun. pro-
Cudl, plu. cudles, is generally used "which." It also preposition de, to mean
a.
pronoun
with "which"
the
or
expresses
"what"
4
before
any
estos
form
of
the
es
verb
su
ser.
Cudl Cudl
of
de
hombres los
amigof
Unidosf
Which What
of
these is the
.
men
is his
j
friend?
es
la
lengua de
Estados
guage lan-
the
United
When
States ?
a
Exception.
by
que.
es
definition What
is
is
asked
for,
"what"
before
ser
is
pressed ex-
cQue
gramatica?
grammar?
81. of
Impersonal
the verb
Construction. used
The
third
person
ral plu-
is sometimes
impersonally,as
they speak Spanish
in
lish. EngSpain?
With
j En
Espana
hablan
espanol ?
with
Do
in
"
82. of
Definite countries
Article the
Names article
of Countries.
may,
or
names
definite
may
not
be
52
used. the
noun
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
the
a
article
is
generally omitted
la America
if
preposition.
America
He
are :
Espana Espana.
la
vlajado por America. always accompanied by the these preposition. Among are :
Estados
Unidos.
a.
Some
article,even
los
83.
Present
The
Irregular Verb
Past
ver,
"to see."
visto.
Infinitive
ver,
Part., viendo,
Part.,
INDICATIVE
PRESENT veo,
ves ve
see,
etc.
vemos,
we
see,
etc.
veis
ven
IMPERFECT
INDICATIVE
veiaj
veias veia Note. built
on
saw,
etc.
veiamos,
veiais veian
we
saw,
etc.
On
the
stem
this
of
imperfect
the
see
71.
The
past
definite is regular,
infinitive, v-.
83 the the
Superfluous Pronoun Object. An extension of double object construction explained in 66 is pronoun of a superfluouspronoun use object of the same ber numand gender as an monly expressed noun object. This is comwhen used a tence personal object stands first in a senA.
or
clause.
hermana la
A sister. No but
my
mi
quiere
todo
el mundo. mi
Everybody
padre.
I
loves like
my
me
gnsta
does
mi, pero
like it.
le gusta
don't
it,
father
VOCABULARY.
alcgrarse, to be glad. asi, adv., thus, so, in this way. bastante, adv., quite, considerably.
el el Brasil, Brazil. Canada, Canada.
causa,
a
cause,
reason.
Chile,
comof cudnto
Chile. what?
ticmpof
how
long?
capital,f.,capital (city).
Cuba, Cuba.
LESSON
XIII
53
los los
(las) demds,
the
others.
supuesto,
-a,
Estados States.
to
Unidos,
United
portugues,
que,
principal,adj., principal.
than. be
c
Buropa,
llamarse,
named.
Europe.
ailed,
to
be
marcharse,
Mejico,
mes,
m.,
to
go
away.
Mexico. month.
,
muchisimo
adv.,
very
a
much.
mucho
tiempo, adv.,
long time,
public a, republic. salud, f., health. Santiago. Santiago, so lament e, adv., only. America. South Sud- America, tiempo, time. (adj. todo, -a, -os, -as, all, whole
re
pron.)
el mundo,
the whole
world,
XIII. mucho. de
(a).
He tambien
Se
dice
que
usted
ha Por
viajado
los
viajado
en
bastante.
principales paises
le gusta A mas?
Europa
Sud-America.
de los
mas
iCual
Me
mas su
paises
mi Pero
que
ha
visto
gusta
todo si
el mundo
le gusta Asi
se
patria.
mucho.
viajar lenguas.
el
podemos.
aprende
Por Hablo necesita
supuesto
bastante
mas
habla bien
que
usted el
varias
ingles,
tres
espafiol y viajar
los
el
por
frances. todo
No
se
lenguas lenguas
se se
estas
en
para
el mundo.
iQue
En
America
hablan habla
Sud-America? En
demas
el Brasil hablan
ensefia
portugues.
paises
de
Sud-
espafiol. ingles
llama de
en
iSe
En
las
escuelas
de
Sud-America?
algunas
se
(varias)
la Chile
ciudades
iComo
La
porque
capital
se
republica
de
en
de
Chile?
capital hay
otro
llama
en
Santiago
y otro
Chile. Cuba.
Se
llama
asi
Santiago
mucho
Espana
en
I Paso
usted
meses
tiempo
Santiago
marche
?
a causa
Algunos
salud
de mi
solamente.
Me
de
la
mala
esposa.
iEsta
Me
buena
ahora?
Perfectamente.
alegro
mucho.
54
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
(b)\
I Por I Se
I
iC6mo.se
cuales dice
que
son
llama los
este
de
paises
seiior
viajado?
este
habla
lenguas ?
Cuales
las
se
principales lenguas de
necesita todos hablan
en
Europa?
Sud- America?
iQue
I Para
lenguas
que
para
viajar
en
debemos
se
viajar?
Norte-America? de
iQue
lenguas
cual de
iEn
los
paises
en
Sud-America Sud-America?
se
habla el
portugues?
Canada?
";en
ensefia
nuestra
lengua?
en
iCuanto tiempo
que
se
se se se
paso
usted
el Brasil?
marcho la
usted?
capital de esposa?
nuestro
pais?
iComo iComo
usted?
su
LESSON
XIV.
84.
Irregular
of and
Past
Definites.
ser,
Learn
tener,
the
irregular
querer,
past
definites
haber,
ir.
of
estar,
poder,
539,
The
common,
decir, hacer,
The definites
stem
(See
ser
531-535,
and. ir
are
537,
alike. in
54^,
543-)*
past
The
the
on
in
other
a.
have
certain all
cases
points
third
of
the
definite
is in in the the
distinct
from
that
of
infinitive, the
stem
first and
persons
singular, is
instead
of
on
ending. The
the infinitive force
Infinitives
a
with
Preposition.
have in
after
preposition,may
comer,
Spanish
of
de
estudiar, without
de
after
up.
The
infinitive
al, is translated
by
on
with
present
participle.
al
verla,
on
seeing her.
is and reminded that the
*The
student
of
ser
imperfects
71.)
of
these
verbs,
with
the
exception
ir,
are
regular.
(See
50
Las
dies de
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
(A. M.),
Las
Note
cuatro
Ten o'clock la manana, de la noche. in the' evening, at night (P. M.). de la tarde. of the
use
in the
ing morn-
Four
o'clock verb
in the and
afternoon.
the
the Y
use
plural
of
article
to
with
agree
all with
hours hora
except
omitted.
menos
first, and
expresses
article hour
minutes after
or
and
before
the
next
half,
hour.
expresses may
minutes be
half
and
before
the
Minutos
expressed
omitted.
Spanish the definite before names article is used instead of a possessiveadjective of parts of the body or articles of clothing,provided its use
89. Use of Definite
Article.
In
leaves
El
no
doubt
as
to
mitchacho
abrio
his
eyes.
VOCABULARY.
abrir, to open. fuerza de, prep., by dint of, by. antes de, prep., before.
a
liegar,
to
arrive
medio,
menos,
-a,
adv., less.
minute. ask
Carlos, Charles.
cerrado,
cuarto,
-a,
shut.
(noun) quarter. desayunarse, to have breakfast. despues de, prep., after. hambre, f.,hunger. hora, hour, time. to irse, to go away, along. go to levantarse, get up.
to
(a question).
prisa, haste.
puerta,
door.
m.,
EXERCISE
a.
XIV.
sueno
Esta
de
manana,
al abrir mire
que
Antes
cuarto.
levantarme
mi
todavia.
menos no
las ocho
Teniendo
estar
me
la fui
y
universidad sin
me comer.
las
ocho,
tuve
tiempo de desayunarme, y Cafe Ingles, un amigo me Le dije (or respondi) que fuerza de correr llegue a
puerta
b. and cerrada. Read the such
same
Al si
y
pasar
no
delante
del
llamo tenia
pregunto
mucha
a
prisa
ocho
y
que
la clase
las
cinco
la
above
other
paragraph aloud, making the subject Carlos, changes as the laws of agreement require. the subject. making nosotros way,
LESSON
xv
57
estaba
era
Carlos
cuando
se
abrio
los
ojos?
cuando de
ipor
Carlos irse
que
a
levanto?
antes
la universidad?
no
Si tenia
I Por I Por que que
hambre,
no no
tomo antes
nada? de irse?
pudo
quiso
usted
se
desayunarse
entrar
en
el cafe?
que
iQue ";Se
I A
dijo
levanto
que
Carlos
al
amigo
6
le
habia
llamado?
tarde levanto
a
temprano?
esta
su
usted usted
mafiana? madre?
";A
Al
que
le llamo
iQue llegar
hora
Carlos
la
clase,
ique
hora
era?
XV.
and
one
Conditional
set
Indicative.
to
serve
Each
for the
of
endings
three
conjugations.
Note.
The the
endings
and
of
endings imperfect
receive
the
of
of
the the
stress
conditional
second
on
of
all
conjugations
are
and first
third
conditionals
the
All the
ending.
The
is the
stem
of the
future
:
and
infinitive the be
i. e., the
of
the future
infinitive and
gether to-
infinitive formed
ending.
as
The
:
tional condi-
then
follows
CONDITIONAL
study.
will
study,
etc.
etc.
DRILL.
Conjugate
verb, and
tenses.
in
the
ver,
future
ser
and and
any
are
familiar
regular
in these
also
ir,
regular
58
91. is used
Los
lesson,
a.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Use in the
ire ninos
of Future
and in
Conditional.
express
I shall
The
future
tense
main,
a
as
English,to
To-morrow
simple futurity.
go to
Mariana
Madrid.
Madrid.
will learn
aprenderdn
conditional
to
a
la leccion.
The
children
the
The
commonly
some
future
he he
my
son.
in reference
verb
that
is
dije
que
iria
Madrid. mi
I told him
to
rid. Mad-
pregunte
si veria
hijo. I asked
would
see
Note.
For
should
meaning
ought
review
30b.
92. of these
Irregular
all
Futures
even
and
most
Conditionals.
The
ings endin
tenses.
conditional
a.
verbs,
the
regular
future
and
The
vowel
of
the
infinitive whose
stems
ending
are
querer,
be
may
be
substituted
stem
for
the
vowel
of
the
infinitive
ing, end-
is tendr-. be
may
shortened
stems
are
by the
dirand
loss
of
two
letters,
in decir
hacer, whose
har-.
Learn
mentioned
the in
and
conditional
of the
verbs
(See
531,
533"534,
538"539"
5430
93. Future Perfect and
Conditional
Perfect.
These
compound
conditional
tenses, formed
of haber
are
They difficulty.
Habrdn No ido
ya.
and from the future respectively offer no and a especial past participle, of the English. literal translations
will have would
gone
not
They
visto.
already.
have
seen
lo habrian
They
him.
94.
a.
Comparison
Equality.
the
of
Adjectives.
equal
como,
of Comparison and adjective, tan, "as," before tan Juan aplicado como es yo.
degree
is
as
is
expressed by
it.
as
"as," after
John
industrious
I.
wesson
xv
.
59
degree
is and
b.
mas,
Inequality.
or
Comparison
of
unequal
the
expressed
que,
"more,"
it. Juan Maria
es es
menos,
"less," before
que yo.
adjective
more
by "than,"
than I.
after
mas mas
aplicado
bonita
es menos
Esta
leccion other,
industrious
is
prettier than
lesson
Louise.
easy
This
is less
than, the
c.
Superlative. Superlative degree is expressed by el {la, los, before the adjective. el (la, los, las) menos or las) mas,
los
mas menos
cortos,
the
shortest. least
noun, most
la
Note Note
el
i.
fdcil,the
follows
the the
easy.
the famous
If el
the
adjective
mas a
article
precedes
it.
medico
famoso,
2.
"In"
mas
after
famoso
medico
3.
by
the
famous
city.
Note
The
mis
adjective
may
take
most
place
article,
aplicados, my
industrious
pupils.
95.
accompany
Use
of Definite
Article. in direct
Suarez.
estd Dona
are
The
definite
article
must
titles, except
Suarez, Mr. Sudrez, jcomo
"
address.
How Mr. that
name
el sehor
Senor
listed?
are
are
you,
Suarez?
have Maria*
no
Exception.
Don
and
Spanish
before the Don
titles
used the
Christian
only,
by
article.
Carlos,
Dona
of
Indefinite
a
Article.
The
indefinite
article is
used
with
profession,occupation,
Mi
Don
rank
amigo
Carlos
es
es
americano.
es
My
Are
is
a a
an
American.
maestro.
Charles
you
teacher. doctor?
an
jNo
a.
listed the
medico?
noun
If the
predicate
must
es
is limited
by
adjective
Mr.
or
wise, other-
article
be
un
used. medico
muy
El 'famous
Sr.
Lopez
famoso.
Lopez
is
very
doctor.
97.
Present
by
present buy
a
Participle participlemay
diner o}
Clauses.
express
una
A
a
casa.
clause
introduced
condition.
If I
yo
compraria
usted
had If you
money,
house.
medico,
you
jtrabajaria
work
Don
dia
noche?
were
doctor, would
day
and
Dona
and
night?
are
*Sefior, Sefiora,
abbreviated
60
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY.
Alfonso Alphonso.
,
besar, to kiss.
desde.
.
from. .hasta,
.to.
office. oficina,
Diego, James. criado,-a, servant. ejemplo, instance,example. famoso, -a, famous. Fernandez, a family name. leehe, f.,milk. medico, physician. mediodia, m., noon.
todo el dia, toda la noche, toda la manana, all day, all all the morning. in the morning, mornings. por la manana, por la tarde,in the afternoon,afternoons. por la noche, at night,in the evening, nights, evenings. por el dia,during the day.
night,
EXERCISE
a.
se
XV. D.
El Sr. Fernandez
Da.
se
llama
es
Diego.
Es
Su
un no
esposa
(mujer)
famoso. famoso
llama
Carmen.
D. Alfonso
D.
es
Diego
medico.
medico
es
Su
hermano
tambien
medico, pero
tan
de los medicos D. Diego. Sr. Fernandez es mas uno como famosos el dia del pais. Es el mejor medico de la ciudad. Todo
El
D.
Diego
a
esta
muy
ocupado.
menos
Por
ejemplo:
Tomara
Mariana
una
la criada de la
y
se
le
con
llamara
las siete 6 la
cuarto.
taza
cafe
leche, y
comedor.
a su
pan
tostadas,repasando (mirando)
manana
al mismo
en
tiempo
mesa
el
periodico de
las cartas
a
que
a
hallara
su
del
a
Entonces
desde las
besara
sus
hijos y
mujer,
ira
pie
Alii
que
donde oficina,
a
estara
enfermos. le estaran esperando muchos Por ocho la tarde tendra hasta mediodia.
que
no
visitar b.
los enfermos
han
podido
ir
verle
en
la oficina.
iEs
es
maestro
el Sr. Fernandez?
iQue
el Sr. Fernandez?
se
,;C6mo
llama?
iQue hace por la manana? famoso ":Es mas que su hermano? ocupado? iCual de los dos es el mas iComo pasara D. Diego el dia manana? iQue hara mientras que esta comiendo? ^Quien es el mejor medico de la ciudad? iComo ira a la oficina? sus ";Le veran hijos antes de irse el a la
oficina?
LESSON
XVI
Para
ir
iTendra
"jPor
que
que
calle
tendra
que
pasar?
en
tiempo
enfermos
alii?
a.
todos el?
los
verle
la oficina?
iDonde
Teniendo
los
que
visita
trabajar tanto, ^desearia usted ser Estando ";llamaria usted a D. Diego? enfermo, su amigo de Vd. por la tarde? iSe marcho
IA
que
medico?
hora
come
Vd.
por
la mafiana?
LESSON
XVI.
SYNOPSIS.
ARTICLE"
(a) (b)
"
89, 95)
(96)
ADJECTIVE
(94) (a) descriptive, comparison cardinal (87) (b) numeral, 11-39 pronoun-adjectives (c) interrogative
Reflexive
que
and
cual
(80)
PRONOUN"
(a) (b)
forms
VERB
"
(a)
Regular
(b)
and conditional (1). future (90, 91) conditional and perfect (93) (2) future verbs (3) reflexive (75, 78, 79) construction (81) (4) impersonal after preposition (5) infinitive (85) clauses participle (97) (6) present definite (1) irregular Irregular (84) past futures and conditionals (2) irregular (83) (3) ver use (86) (4) tener, idiomatic Time
(92)
MISCELLANEOUS"
of
day
(88)
EXERCISE
Turn
a
XVI.
you
into
Spanish.
2.
1.
please
We and
tell
me
where
there
is
doctor's three
office?
to
a
The
will be
3.
from
summer
quarter
arrive
past
traveling
this said
that
gentleman They 4. ing twenty-eight. 5. By dint of workshall speak German hard {mucho), we perfectly. 6. Brazil is and United than the Canada. States, as larger large as Santiago 7. is the largest city in the Republic of Chile. 8. James's college is far away; before consequently, in order to have breakfast very ing gohe has his We foot to get up wanted to class, to on early. 9. How in Mexico? but could not. 10. were They in, long they go do like South there not They say that you 11. not were long.
with
Portuguese
at
wife.
they
should
nine
America.
12.
On
the
contrary,
I like
it very
much.
13.
What
is
02
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
this did
servant's
they
world
teaches the
At Alphonso. 14. Mr. is Suarez famous away? a go 15. very in the University of Barcelona. 16. The best
name
name?
His
is
what
man.'
time He in
country
a
they
time I
saw
have it
was.
is my time
19.
native
to
land. their
we
17.
The
children 18.
near
are
in
hurry, but
us
kiss
mother.
seats
They
the
so
asked
20.
what
When after able
to
Shall
take
was
door? I went
we
Charles
a
very
busy,
What
away
talking
do
you
to
few
22.
him.
man
(^"
is the do? 25. If
you 24.
shall
be Cuba?
we
then?
were
President How
of
sick, what
in order will
to
wait
What take
see
long shall
made
you very
Who
were
that
26.
you
mother
say?
28.
hungry
her of My wife, because health, poor takes She coffee of morning. only a cup 29. very with Did for milk. Are buy the watch yourself? 30. you 31. shut? why are your sleepy? Then May I accompany 32. you eyes Have shall I the to-night. 34. not seen (fern.)? 33. you go you My best friend is not a teacher magnificent lace at Rico's? 35. should He is a doctor. study every 36. You evening.
eats
ice-cream?
little in the
LESSON
XVII.
98.
The
It will If be
Subjunctive
use
Mode.
rare
in
English.
it be
come
in.
go to-morrow.
once.
Were
I should
at
Spanish,
that
the
other is
a
hand, the
range
use
of ideas
the
subjunctive is
cannot
there
a
whole
of
which To
be these
expressed
ideas, the
and
without
knowledge
has full
of
its
forms. of
tense
express
tenses, of the
both
simple
indicative.
99.
A direct verb
Subjunctive
in the either
and
Indicative.
indicative, in both
English
negative,
and
and
or
Spanish, makes
asks
a
statement, It is used
direct clauses.
tion. ques-
independent
cold.
John
The
Has
John
gone,
is he
still in his
room?
64
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
(b)
verb
that
expresses
fear, a
that he
desire
or
other
tion. emo-
Espero
Temo
Remark.
que que
no
se
halle buena.
estudie of
hope
may
she
is well.
bastante. this
group
I fear be
doesn't
study enough.
by
her
at
an
Verbs clauses
followed
infinitive
clause, if both
have
the de
same
Espero
Deseo
hallarla
entrar
en
mejor
salud. I wish
subject: hope to
to
come
find in
better.
scguida.
once.
Subject
stands
Clauses.
The
as
ject logicalsub-
an
impersonal
que
verb.
veamos
probable
her this
la
esta
tarde.
It is
probable
that
we
afternoon. verbs
Exception.
that
express
Se
afternoon.
dice
impersonal verb se dice, and impersonal followed certainty, are by the indicative. They say he will arrive llegard esta tarde. que
que
no
The
this
Es
not
cierto
aprendemos
mucho.
It is certain
that
we
are
learning
Remark.
much. An
impersonal
verb has
no
verb
may
be
followed
by
an
infinitive
if the
dependent
expressed
subject.
to
Es
preciso ir
ahora.
It is necessary
go
now.
Sequence
is in the
of
Tenses.
verb
in
the
dependent
in the main
is present, future
dire
que
entre.
perfect indicative.
tell her
to
come
I shall
in.
(See
also
amples ex-
above.)
that Note. of the The
verb
present
subjunctive
to
is
identical
with
subsequent
it.
104.
Irregular
of
most
ver
subjunctives
those
of ir and
Subjunctives. The present irregularverbs are irregular. Learn (see 535 and 546).
Present Infinitives. infinitive do mit Many verbs which adnot require a preposition this class
105. of between
a
Dependent dependent
verb and
infinitive.
To
belong
querer,
LESSON
XVII
65
of
desear,
verbs
Me Vamos Tratar
deber do
a
and
which
enseno
hablar
a
Aprendemos
a
escribir. We bueno.
are
taught me learning
to eat.
to to
speak well.
write.
comer. ser
going
try
to
de
be
good.
VOCABULARY.
fin, adv., finally,at last. adv., often, frequently. menudo, a bastante, adv., enough. bueno de salud, in good health. cierto, certain, sure. dejar, to let, allow. delgado, thin, slender.
al
mis
mo,
own.
molestar,
momenta*
no mas
to
trouble.
moment.
que,
only.
mark
despeinado, dishevelled.
f., age. en seguida, adv., at once. to hope, expect. esperar, escalera, stairs. edad,
(in school). particular,private. permitir, to permit. posible, possible. preciso, necessary. probable, probable. prohibir, to forbid.
nota,
note,
soon.
far
as,
to,
sucio, dirty.
t enter, to
fear.
to
salud, in
poor
health.
tratar
de,
try
to.
EXERCISE
a.
XVII.
en
(Dos
dice
senoras
estan
sentadas
la
sala
de
una
casa
ticular.) par-
Se
Temo
que
no
su se
hijo Alfonso
halle
mas
no
esta
como
muy
bueno
de
salud.
que
tan
fuerte
desearia.
Es
edad.
cierto
que
esta
delgado
estudie
que
algunos nifios de
Le
tener
su
misma
Es
muy
probable
la
esta
que pero
demasiado. mucho
trate
he
prohibido
notas, de el
que y
noche,
el desea
buenas
ser
diciendo
siempre
que
de
mejor
la
iEsta
en
casa
su
hija?
en
cocina, aprendiendo esta (or donde sucia esta tan guisar, despeinada aprendiendo) no y y puedo que permitir que entre aqui. Vd. de dejarle que hace el favor entre iNo me no mas que
Si, esta;
pero
a
esta
la
por
un
momento?
Hereafter,
be
Deseo
tanto
verla.
before
verbs
that in
require
the
preposition
dependent
tive, infini-
will
indicated
vocabularies.
66
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
(La
un
madre
Al
permite
fin la
la
se
nina
que
entre,
para
los
tres y
hablan la
por
rato.
sefiora
levanta
marcharse,
madre
de
la nina
le dice
tan
:) pronto? preciso
Vd.
nos se
Es
que
a
me
halle hasta
en
casa
antes
de
las
seis.
la acompafiare
que
Vd.
la
puerta
Nuestra
de
la escalera.
moleste.
Vd.
visite
menudo.
casa
esta
tan
de b.
la
suya.
se
dice
su
de
Alfonso?
madre?
que
esta
cierto
f uerte
iEs posible
que
trabaje demasiado?
buenas
notas?
iQue le ha prohibido su madre? iQuien le ha dicho que trate de tener le dice su padre? ";Que mas seiiora Por esta su no quiere que que I es preciso que la otra seiiora que I Por
Al
hija
se
entre
en
la sala?
marche
":que
acompafiar
la sefiora
hasta
la puerta,
de
la nina?
c.
iNo
quiere Vd.
que
que
vea
su
libro?
estudiemos Vd.
que
que nuestra
juntos?
repase
dicho
mis
lecciones
nos
ahora?
Vd.
madre
compre
algo "k
en
esta
mi* madre
le
ensene
guisar?
hablar
es-
que
su
vaya
casa
de
Luisa ?
hijo
de
Vd.
LESSON
XVIII.
There is a large group Radical-changing Verbs. consists of the of Spanish verbs whose only irregularity under certain conditions,of another systematicsubstitution, vowel, or a diphthong, for the vowel of the stem.
106.
; me
visto, I dress.
sleep; duerme,
he
sleeps; durmieron,
they slept.
LESSON
XVIII
67
rootradical-changing {i. e., changing). They are divided into three classes according of their vowel character to the changes. In the infinitive ical-chan they are not to be distinguished from verbs that are not rad-
These
verbs
are
called
107. first
or
First second
Class.
Verbs and
of
this have
class
stem-
belong
vowel
o e
to
or
the
o.
conjugation,
stem-vowel
e
They change
in all forms learned and
to
ie, and
on
stem-vowel
stem.
are
to
ue,
whose which
stress
the
The
forms
ready al-
have
stress
the
present
the
subjunctive, all
verbs
not
singular,and
are
third
plural. The
this class:
Forms
EntendER,
PrES. Indic
understand.
entendeis, entendais,
entienden. PrES.
Subj.
entiendan. turn.*
PrES.
PrES.
Indic
Subj.
108.
vnelvo, vuelves, vuelve, volvemos, vaelva, vuelvas, vuelva, volvamos, Class. and have Verbs of
volveis, vuelven.
volvais, vuelvan.
Second
this class
e as or
third these
conjugation
stem-vowels in the
to
stem-vowTel
same
o.
in the
same o
way
do
verbs
class,and
vowel and
e
i, and
second
persons
ending begins
present
with
past definite,third
places. In addition they change stemto u (1) in the present subjunctive,first whose plural, and (2) in those forms io or ie. This last change occurs in the singular and plural, and in the person
participle.
Sentir,
to
feel, regret, be
sorry.
Present
PrES. PrES. Past
*
Participle, Indic
sintiendo.
siento, sientes, siente, sentimos, sentis, sienten. Subj. sienta, sientas, sienta, sintamos, sintdis, sientan. Def. senti, sentiste, sintio, sentimos, sentisteis, sintieron.
Volver has in addition
an
irregular
past
participle, vuelto.
68
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Dormir,
Participle, Present PrES. Indic. duermo, PrES. Subj. duerma,
man.
to
sleep.
durmiendo.
duermes, duennas,
Past
Dee.
mieron.
dormi,
dormiste, durmio,
109.
Third
Class.
Verbs
of
this class
belong
to
the
This e. conjugation, and all have the stem- vowel stem-vowel is changed to i in all forms falls whose stress indicative the stem and on (i. subjunctive, e., the present and the third person all of the singular, plural). In addition first and they change e to i (i).in the present subjunctive, second ings endplural,and (2) in those forms whose persons begin with io or ie. third Vestir,
to
dress.
vistiendo. Participle, Present Indic PrES. visto, vistes, viste, yestimos, vestis, visten. PrES. Subj. vista, vistas, vista, vistamos, vistdis, vistan. vistieron. Past Def. vesti, vestiste,vistio, vestimos, vestisteis,
DRILL.
Conjugate
also recomendar first class.
the
and
radical-changing
encontrar,
which
verbs
are
in
the
vocabulary,
and the
radical-changing of
Subjunctives.
poder
may be like
The
present
conveniently
the
this
since
present
the
first class.
The
adjectives bueno,
stand loses
malo,
alguno,
In this
"'some,"
pos-
"third," and
"last," may
form
before
their
o.
un
noun.
position
algihi dia.
masculine
el primer
its final
teatro
;
Jwmbre;
ningun
buett muchacho;
LESSON
XVIII
"
6q
112.
a
Mismo
noun or
(-a, -os,
pronoun
pronoun.
Mi
padre
muchacho
mismo
me
llamo.
My
father
called
came
me
himself. himself.
Ellas mismas
Bl
entraron.
se enseno
They
a
themselves
in.
si mismo.
The
boy taught
VOCABULARY. acostarse,
to
lie
down,
go
to
bed
(of a watch). night. anoche, conj., although. aunque, comedia, play, comedy. de prisa, adv., fast, rapidly despacio, adv., slowly. (transitive, despertar, to wake R-ch. I).
hand
medianoche,
nuevo,
new.
f.,midnight. forget.
adv., completely. adv., ordinarily. adv., rarely.
to
adv., last
olvidar, to
parte,
par por
1, part. completo,
lo comun,
"
raramente, representar,
act,
play, give,
despertarse,
to
awake,
wake
up.
diveriirse, to
have
a
enjoy
time until.
good
hasta,
prep.,
vestirse, to
volverse,
that
come
dress
to
(intransitive).
go
return,
back
back.
EXERCISE
a.
XVIII.
hombre Hablando sabio. es un padre de Carlos muy el el siempre aprendo entiendo bien algo. con no Aunque muy espafiol,el habla siempre tan despacio que entiendo perfectamente dice todo lo que dice. raramente (El cosas no puedo entender que Los quiero a los dos (a el y a su hijo). Algun perfectamente.) dia iremos fui con ellos al teatro, donde juntos a visitarles. Anoche
se a
El
represento
casa
una
comedia
nueva.
Me
doce
me
diverti de la
muchisimo Me
el
y
no
volvi
en
hasta
Por
medianoche lo
comun
(las
mi mismo
seguida.
pero
esta
me cosa nueve
padre
acoste
se
levanta
mafiana
el por
durmio Cuando
las
me
ocho,
al
tarse, desper-
completo.
mi Me
que
mirar
reloj, y
levante
vi que
en
las
menos
veinte.
seguida
vesti
muy
de
prisa.
b.
En
la
primera
esta
parte
de
esta
leccion, ^quien
es
que
habla?
^De
*
quien
hablando?
vocabularies all
In
succeeding
radical-changing
verbs
will
be
noted.
70 iQue
clase de
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
persona
es
el
padre
dice?
de
Carlos?
iEntiende
el muchacho
lo que
habla demasiado de prisa? iNo fueron los tres anoche? iDonde iLes gusto la comedia? la comedia? ";D6nde se represento casa? ";Se volvieron a temprano
iQue
c.
hicieron
entonces?
Vd. cuando entiende iMe hable mas iQuieren Vds. que Por lo comun, ^a
que
hablo
de
prisa?
por
hora
se
la mafiana?
iLe despierta a Vd. su madre? tiene sueno? iQue hace Vd." cuando
I Se
acuesta
Vd.
por
es
tarde
temprano
hora,
hora
lo comun?
preciso
que
se
acuesten
los
nifios?
Vds. Despues de la clase, ";se vuelven en hace Vd. levantarse, ";que primero? le recomiende buen iQuiere Vd. que un
de
espanol?
Espero Espero
que que
Vds.
Vd.
se
diviertan. bien.
^
duerma
LESSON
XIX.
has verb two a Pronoun-objects. When direct and the other indirect,both are pronoun-objects,one commonly expressed by the regular forms, whose position with regard to the verb is the same that of a singleproas noun-obje (see 65).* The indirect object regularly precedes the direct,though the reflexive of the third person, se, direct or indirect. whether first, always comes
Mi Lo
113.
Two
padre
compre
se se
me
lo did.
My
father I it to
gave
it
it to
to
me.
para
ddrtelo.
bought
me.
give
to
you.
ensendndomela,
Ella
Juan lo hizo.
me
showing
She
made
it for
herself. himself
to
me.
presents.
position
of two verb-form.
John
introduced
Posterior
accent
on
object-pronouns
always
makes
necessary
written
the
72
117. Neuter
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Gender.
Since
or
in
beings and
of
ideas
a.
of
neuter.
neuter
The
before
used
singular quality. lo bueno, that which is good. lo dzul, blue is blue). (that which
the
notion of b. Related
to
masculine
form
be
press ex-
the
and form
prepositional form
lo. Both
are
pronouns
are
the
neuter
subject
the
to
neuter
object and
or
predicate
They
is it.
to
used
no
refer
ideas
it.
sentences.
Se
John
estd
fuerte. "No
believe
puedo
of
creerlo. it"
say
not
I can't estd
Ello
strong.
que
no
fuerte.
de ello. second of the
The
I
want
"thing
to
is, he
about
Quiero
Lo avoid the
r
informarme
used
an
find
out
is often
in the
part
of
compound
and in
sentence
answers
repetition of
scr,
to
idea
first part,
with
avoid
repetition of
y
su
part
of
the
estd sister
es
enfermo
is too.
hermana
su
lo estd
tambien.
lo
es.
is sick
and
aplicada pero
brother medico?
hermano
Are
no
is industrious
but
her
is not.
jEs
c. are
usted The
to
es
Lo
soy.
you
doctor?
am.
neuter
demonstrative
out
a
pronouns
or
esto,
eso
and
aquello,
used
point
malo. de Vd.
neuter
sentence matter
idea.
Esto
..
This
is bad.
matter
Aquello
Eso
d.
que
Juan.
me
That
concerning
which
you
John.
me.
dice.
form
That
of the
tell
The
possessive
or
pronoun
expresses
in
property.
Learn
the
Present
Indicative
Subjunctive,and
(See 530.)
Omisson
are
of
Definite
and
Indefinite
a noun
Articles.
in apposition.
articles
regularlyomitted
medico
before
El
doctor.
Sr.
Fernandez, Rey
de
famoso.
Alphonso,
Mr. the
Fernandez, King
of
famous
Alfonso,
Espaha.
Spain.
LESSON
XIX
73
verb
or an
120. is used
Idiomatic.
Acabar. in the
The
idiomatically
and
an
present
by
de
to describe infinitive,
or
in the
present
de de
in
the
I
past.
just arrived. They had just
eaten.
Acabo Acababan
liegar.
comer.
have
VOCABULARY.
amarillo, yellow.
atreverse a, to
dare
to.
azul, blue.
young
llorar,
to
cry.
to
morirse,
die
(R-ch. II).*
EXERCISE
decir, to mean. recibir,to receive. to sitpiicar, entreat, and 101a). verdadero, true.
beg
(see 73
XIX.
a.
iQue
Vd. ?
tiene
iPor
with
muy
que
esta
Vd.
llorando?
iQue
you?)
mala.
Acabo
de
noticia is the
iQue
Ello
es
hay?
que
se se
(What
mi
teme
matter
f)
de mi
tio
Juan, hermano
se muera.
madre,
esta
muy
en-
fermo,
I
que
que
Quien
lo
lo ha mi
dicho hermano.
?
A
ser
Me
dijo
el
se
lo
dijo mi
1
Entonces
a su
la noticia
debe
verdadera.
Se
madre? No
Pues
sefior;
Vd.
no
me
atrevo
a en
decirselo.
debe
hacerlo
seguida.
Si Vd.
no
quiere, yo
mismo
lo hare.
i
Me
1
hace
Vd.
ese
favor?
a
b. tio?
Quien quien
la dio
le dio
la
nina
la noticia
de
la enfermedad
de
su
iDe
;
tuvo
(or recibio)
a su
su
hermano
?
la noticia?
Se
la nina
madre
I Por I
c.
la nina muchas
el favor flores A
de azules
decirselo
y
su
madre?
tiene la
amarillas.
no
Se
las
dio lo
Juan, joven
*
quiere mucho.
past
la nina
le gusta
mucho
Also
has
irregular
participle
muerto.
74
amarillo. las
pero
va
a
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Prefiere dar
no a su
lo
ella
a
dare
mi
quiere hermana,
flores
me
amarillas
de
"
las dice
mi,
las
Me
Se
Vd.
la nina? a iQue color le gusta mas iQue color prefiere la nina? el joven iCual es el color de las flores que d.
le ha
dado
la
nina?
ella
a
la
joven, amiga
amarillo?
de
su
hermana?
dar
a
ella? lo
Vd.
lo
azul
Quiere Vd. que le presente a mi amigo? ":Se le presento Juan (a Vd.) ? le (a Vd.) ? se presento I Quien Vds. Suarez ? discipulos del senor I Son de noticia ello? iHa recibido V.
I
LESSON
SYNOPSIS.
XX.
ARTICLE
"
(a) (b)
omission
neuter
of forms
definite
and
indefinite
(119)
(117a)
ADJECTIVE"
PRONOUN
"
(a) lose final o (m) "self" (112) (b) mismo, (a) personal
substitute (114) se (115) object construction (3) double used alone (116) (4) prepositional form lo (117b) ello and (5) neuter forms (ii7d) possessive, neuter forms neuter (117c) demonstrative,
(1) (2)
position of
two
objects
(113)
(a) Regular
(100) subjunctive present of tenses (5) subiunctive sequence (6) infinitive, dependent (105) of (1) present (b) Irregular subjunctive ir, (104, no) (2)
dar
subjunctive
'
mode
use use
in in
(102)
(101) (103)
ver,
poder,
querer
(118)
verbs
(106-109)
Idiomatic,
acabar
(120)
EXERCISE
Turn
it hard
to
XX. is not 3.
so
into
great
Rico's
deal
1.
Yellow the
pretty
This the
as
blue.
man news
2.
Is
a
in
winter?
had
young
has of
They
child
illness.
could
it without
Juan crying.
WESSON
xxi
75
and that much for chairs is true the in that
me
6. 8. she
That
I have
can
is
what
mean.
7. 9.
Both
were
dirty
says
dishevelled. she
to
just
see
waked
up.
come
The
10.
servant
not
let them
a
in.
11.
I want is
necessary
very
is sorry to the go
to
theatre
and
a
play.
12.
It
are me.
children
the I
to
sleep
13.
go
good
home
moment.
deal.
gave
There
them
to
only
14.
three It
to
parlor.
did
come
She
back
a
herself
not
noon.
15.
beg
most
you
for is
That of the
19.
is the
year. Do
permit interesting
The children
to return
in
age.
17.
not
This
to
the
third their
course
18. you
tried home
trouble
20.
teacher. she
21.
dare
late? she
soon.
Of
to
going
22.
die.
you
is very afraid that not sick, but they are It is not probable that I shall go to bed
to
is
Are
willing
to
give
24.
them
to
me? did We
23.
you
I did
not
give
For
in of I
them
you.
to
him,
At
her.
For
you.
whom 26.
to
buy
go
it? there
25.
understand
often
the
evening.
28. you In
to
Every
street
one
likes is
a
receive
there In
magnificent
of
an
good private
a
piece
house.
news.
want
it.
29.
part
for
at
us
Europe
hour
have and
32.
a
they
I shall
new.
been
31.
not
ing? travel-
30.
They
had told
my
a me.
will
half.
Last
night they
what hands father father
you
good
33.
Charles's. I
forget
The His
your 35.
Ordinarily
a
prefer
himself
what
is
34.
of
watch
to
indicated
quarter
is.
wants
before
at
eleven.
once. are
tells him
a
teacher
man
dress He he has
37.
to
36. Is a good
She
so
boy.
in
38. good
40.
No
is
as
30.
to
is not much.
health, and
Will
you
forbidden
study
please speak
more
slowly?
LESSON
XXI.
121. is often
Subjunctive
found clause
upon
in
Main
Clauses.
The
subjunctive
an
in
; but
an
sentence
which
is
may
apparently
be construed
pendent indeas
such
sentences
pending deor
unexpressed
May
them
come us
verb
of
wishing, ordering
permitting.
Que Que
Vd. suban. descanse.
you
eat rest
well.
Let
ahora.
up.
Comamos
*
Let
verb
sort
now.*
special
.
Ir
is
to
the
use
only
in
which
of
has
form
(vamos
instead
of
vayamos)
this
subjunctive
clause.
j6
SPANISH
"
GRAMMAR
a.
If
que
subject of
before verb. suba
en
such
sentence
or
is
may
noun,
it may
after
the
verb,
que
be
omitted
and
follow
Que
Suba
b. verb. made
Juan
Juan
If the
come
up
at
at
once.
up
once.
sentence
is
are
negative, object
attached
to
pronouns
a
precede
accent
the is
Otherwise
necessary.
they
Let
it, and
written
Compremoslo.
No lo compremos. Comprelo Juan,
us
buy it.
us
Let Let
not
buy it.
it. in
John
buy
Note.
first person
reflexive
verb
used have
this way
drops
the
of
the
plural. Desaymtamonos.
Let
us
breakfast.
122. of third in
Present the
Subjunctive
as
Imperative.
in
121
An
use
sion exten-
construction
discussed
is the
of
the
person
singular or
the
commands, with usted In positive commands the object pronouns are joined to verb be accented must form, which mands ; in negative comthe object pronouns precede the verb.
Coma Coman Vds. Vd. ahora. Escriba Vd el ejercicio. Write ahora.
the
once.
Eat
exercise. amiable.
now.
Vayan
Trate No
corra
Vds. Vd. de
en ser
seguida.
amable.
tanto.
Go
at
Try
run me.
to
be
so
Vd, Vds. V.
Don't for
much. mother.
Bsperenme
Wait madre.
Compremelo
123.
Buy
it for
me,
regular Subjunctives. Learn the irhacer, present subjunctives of ser, estar, tener, decir, haber. (See 53I"534, 542-543-) Note that the present subjunctivesof tener, hacer and
Irregular
Present
decir
are
formed
on
the that
same
stem
as
the
first person
ent presis
indicative, and
the
present
subjunctiveof
estar
regular except
124.
see
for the
written
accent.
Verbs
with
Inceptive Endings.
conocer.
For
these
verbs
513, and
learn
of irregularities
WESSON
XXI
77
VOCABULARY.
/A dios!
you
Good-bye.
do?
,
amabxlidad
aprovechar,
be
of
profit.
+
gracias, thanks. luego, adv., at once, bye soon, and bye. modo, manner. way, novedad, f., novelty, change. orden, f., order, command^
perdonar,
sentarse,
be
quainted ac-
forgive,
to
excuse.
comprender,
conocer, to
to
understand.
sit down
young
know
(i.e.}
to
senorito,
-a,
the
(not used
literally). bye good(R-ch. III). help oneself. siguiente, following. The idea! (from ir). jVaya! view. vista, sight,
servir, to servirse,
serve
to
emplear,
employ.
find oneself, to be.
encontrarse,
familia, family.
EXERCISE
XXI.
(A.)
Buenas Buenas
Buenos
dias, Sr.
Rico. Juan.
Suarez.
Good
Good
morning,
Mrs.
Mr. Rico.
Suarez.
tardes, Sra.
afternoon,
noches,
are or
Good
evening, John.
The
These
same
the
:
"
ordinary
tenga tenga
salutations.
reply
to
may
be
in
the
words,
Muy Muy
Still
de Vd.
buenos buenas
more
Vd. Vd.
are
Good Good
:
"
morning
afternoon
you.
(evening)
de
to
you.
replies greeting
a
Servidor
Vd.
la
orden
Acknowledging
a
one
may
say:
"
Tanto
gusto
en
ver
Vd.
IA
dios
Carlos!
is
very
informal
greeting
to
intimate
friends.
person's
followed greeting is commonly by an inquiry as to the other of the following forms health, using one : estd Vd.f jComo halla Vd.f jComo se Vds.f encuentran jComo se lo pasa Vd.f (Literally,How j C onto are passing it?) you More
to
are:
"
jComo
le vaf
and
Hola,
jque
talf
alent equivVd.f
if?
"
Bien, gracias
Sin novedad.
jy
j8
To
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
inquire about
onto
the
health
of the
members
of
another's
fam~
fly:j
estd
se se
su
senor
su
padre?
senora
su
jComo jComo
4 Como
halla
madref
senor
encuentra
esposof
estdn estd
los la
de
su
casaf
jComo
A
familia?
does
or
health
to
of
an
another intimate
be
says
instead
en
jY
On
are
estdn
casaf
tardes and Buenas noches taking leave, Buenos dias, Buenas used. formally: Also, more Dios. (To one leaving.) Vaya Vd. con left Dios. Vd. one (To con behind.) Quede Vd. lo pase bien. (May it go well with you.) Adios is less formal, and less commonly used than, is generally
"
. .
supposed.
On and
to
leaving
one
anyone
at
night,
to
we
may
say:
or
who
is
se
going
used
the
theatre
Que
Vd.
divierta.
among
to-morrow.
Very
Hasta Hasta
commonly
manana.
acquaintances (That
vista.
are
"
Until See
you
luego.
la vista
is
later.
is, in the
course
of
the
day.)
Hasta "Please"
or
Hasta
otra
Vd. el expressed by Sirvasc la bondad Vd. la Vds. amabilide..., Tenga favor de..., Tengan The when confer first is generally used wishes de... dad to one asks a favor. one a favor, the others when Sirvase
Vd.
sentarse.
mas
de hablar Tenga Vd. la bondad Vd. el favor del pan. Hdgame The expression already given in
despacio.
earlier because hace lesson, jMe of the interrogative
an
Vd.
el
favor?
is
shade
more
courteous
form.
boarding-house, or the compartment of a train, it is proper those to greet On already seated. others the table before the are through, one leaving Que says : les aproveche a Vds.
On
a
"
of
To
ask
another
person
to
repeat
le
what
he
has
said
:
"
j Como? j
Que
ha
dicho
Vd.? No
No he
comprendo
(entiendo)
muy
bien.
Perdoneme
Vd.
entendido.
80
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
DRILL.
Apply
as:
"
of familiar endings to stems regular verbs, such acabar, aprender, perdonar, ocurrir, permitir, responder. these
126. second
Imperfect
of
commoner
the
two.
The
a
commonest
use
of
imperfect subjunctives is
verb
or
in
of
the
main
clause
is
conditional.
Aro
era
posible
go que
que
fuese
(fuera)
en
It
was
not
possible
to
for
in
him
to
yesterday.
entrase
Le
at
dije
madre told have
(entrara)
mandado
up. que
seguida.
subiese
told
him
go
once. me me
Mi had Me like
to
habia
to go
(subiera).
con
My
er moth-
gustaria
you
que
eat
V. with
comiese
us.
{cornier a)
by
the
nosotros.
I should
with
main
clause,
is it.
identical
127.
Irregular Imperfect
any
Subjunctives.
be the
The
found
fect imperif
we
subjunctive of
know the but its past third
a
irregular verb
or
definite,by
-se plural,
final -Iron
a
of
person
This
is not
scientific
practicalmethod
for
deriving these
forms.
sentir; sintieron; sintiera; sintiese. dormir; durmieron; durmiese; durmiera. fuera. fueron; fuese; ser; hacer; hicieron; hiciese; hiciera. dar; dieron; diese; diera.
DRILL.
the imperfect Conjugate decir, ver. ir,poder, querer,
subjunctives of
estar,
haber, tener,
1 28.
to
Conditions fact
Contrary
to
Fact.
In conditions
trary con-
which if a certain state that (/. e.y conditions be true also), the true, something else would thing were imperfect subjunctive (either one) is used in the condition
LESSON
XXII
SI
the
conditional
is
used
in
the
clusion. con-
fuesemos
buy
not
a
ricos, comprariamos
house.
no so
una
casa.
If
we
were
rich If
should Si
mi
hermano
estudiara
tanto,
he
seria
mas more
amable.
my
brother
a. -ra
did
In be
study
much,
to
would
the
be
agreeable.
conclusion.
I
fact,
imperfect subjunctive in
in the If had
money I
may
the
conditional
a
Si
should b.
may
tuviese
go In
to
a
(fuera)
to
Madrid.
condition first.
mas,
contrary
si
or
the
tion condi-
stand
Trabajaria
you.
Note.
sentences
fuese Vd.
should
work
harder, if
were
In offer both
no
to contrary indicative
is
in Si have been
clauses.
es
soy
rico,
porque
aplicado.
If
am
rich
industrious.
129.
be
"I
should
like
..."
This
useful
an
the
imperfect subjunctive
go
is.
ir
eon comer
Desearia
Vd.
buenas
I should ahora.
notas.
en
like to should
I should
with
to
you.
eat
now.
gustaria
tener
like
Quisiera
Desearia
return at
once.
like to
I should
have
good
marks.
you
que
Vd.
seguida. fumara
like to
have
Me
not
gustaria
so
que
no
tanto.
I wish
my
son
would should
smoke
No
much.
que you
quisiera
to
not
like
a.
have
use
as
perezoso
como
Juan.
John.
is of
course
The
persons
of
than
no
constructions
extended
to
other
A
the le
first.
mi
padre
father
gustaria
not
mucho
very
que
mi
to
hermano
have
my
fuese
brother
con
Vd. with
My
you.
would
like
much
go
130.
Irregular
of
verbs
come
salir and
venir.
Learn
the
jugation con-
salir, "to
and
venir, "to
come."
(See 541
547.)
82
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
131. week
are:
Days,
Months
and
Seasons.
The
martes, of
days
the year
of
the
domingo
marzo,
(Sunday), limes,
The
months
miercoles,
are :
jueves, viernes,
enero,
sabado.
febrero,
la
septiembre,*
are :
octubre,
junio, julio,agosto,
diciembre.
el otono,
The
sons sea-
primavera,
of the
el invierno.
Names
generally accompanied
by
Use
are
of used
Definite with
not
Article. adverbial in
Many
force,
are
expressions of
accompanied
by
la el
the
semana
article, though
English.
week. proximo, next next ano proximo, year. el tunes, on Monday. la el
sent an a
pasado, last week. pasado, last year. ano los viernes, on Fridays, every
Friday.
VOCABULARY.
al ano, al mes,
per per year.
month.
week.
antier, day
eontento,
before
yesterday.
unfortu-
sentirse todos
bueno,
dias,
to
feel well.
satisfied.
los
every very
adv., desgraciadainente,
ultimo, last
(the
day. last).
a
nately.
error, m.,
error.
seems. sense
of
number
parece,
it
times).
vez, veces,
once.
dos
twice.
proximo,
next.
EXERCISE
.
XXII.
con
a.
i Por
que
no
salio
no
Vd.
me
los
demas
que
discipulos?
saliese.
permitio
cuando
maestro
vine ?
diciendo
uno
tan
bueno
Vd.
estuviese eontento no trabajado, y sentiria mucho que habria hubiera hecho Si no tan (hubiese) estudiado, no conmigo. al el bien ahora. escribir hasta esta Desgraciadamente, manana,
*
le parece el maestro
; pero
es
cierto
que
he
Pronounced
and
sometimes
spelled, setiembre.
WESSON
XXIII
83
de
he
mas
ejercicio
verclad antier
es
en
el
que
pizarron,
toda
me
hice
muchos
errores no me
gramatica.
sentido
L,a
y
la
semana
pasada
que
bueno,
mi
madre
si yo
prohibio
Vd.,
al
se
estudiase
todo
por
la noche.
Pues,
b.
fuera
lo diria
al maestro.
?
as
horas marcha
dia
?
trabaja
Vd. in
Vd.
(Answer
semana? afio?
de
many
ways
as
sible.) pos-
dias
son
hay
meses
en
la
^Cuales
son?
los
del
el
un mes
iCuantos iCuantas
iCual
trero?
es
dias
semanas
ticne
en
enero?
";el mes
de
junio?
^ el
mes? de la semana?
el
primer
dia
que
dia
";el tercero?
lunes?
pos-
";Cual
es mes
el
viene
despues
de marzo? la
del
i*Que
otono?
viene
son
despues
meses
iCuales
los
de
"jdel verano?
que
";del
dia
es
invierno?
de
la
semana
es
hoy?
es?
or
iQue
miercoles. del
mes
cuantos
estamos
is it? the
Use
cardinal
x
numerals
in
month
except
yrst.")
Estamos
a mes en
veinticuatro.
estamos
";En
que
ahora?
Estamos
agosto.
LESSON
XXIII.
133.
Subjunctive
in
an
in
Clauses.
a (i.e.,
The
tive subjunclike
is used
an
adverb
clause
which,
main
verb
of the
clause)
action
which
purpose, time.
are
contingency, uncertainty or
by
are: a
in indefinite
a.
future
clauses
Such
generally introduced
commonest
conjunction
para
que, que,
or
conjunctive phrase.
order
The
of
these "even
"in
that," "so
that,"
aunque,
"although,"
if," sin
soon
out," "with-
que,
que, que,
"as
as," mientras
"when."
84
Hablo
'SPANISH
GRAMMAR
very
despacio para muy slowly in order that you Me ami su dijo que iria, que
he Lo should
go,
even
que may
Vd.
me
entienda
me se
bien.
I He
speak
told
his
understand
no
easily.
him
to.
padre
se
lo
permitiese.
me
if his
su
father lo
hiso
sin
que
padre
did
it without
father
que
over
I go visiiarle cuando
as soon as
down
Vd.
baje al despacho. I shall look to the sitting room. shall go visit and qiiiera. We
llbvierd.
I wanted
to
you
wish.
a casa
Qulse
before
liegar
antes
que
get
home
it rained.
Seme
clause
of
amable
these
cuando
conjunctions
states
a
are or
followed
states
by
never
the took
indicative
they
introduce
fact,
what
am
I
as
am
estoy
que
enfermo.
castigo luego
entro.
My
father
punished
as
soon
in.
b.
An
adverb
clause
may
be
introduced
by
etc.
conjunctive
are :
pression ex-
meaning dondequiera
que, que,
cosa
"however,"
wherever. however. whatever*. much.
que
"whenever,"
Such
que,
cuandoquiera
whenever.
whoever.
comoquiera
cualquiera
por
mas*
quienquiera que,
whichever.
que,
que,
however
cosa
Cualquiera
you may
Vd. doesn't
paree'e bien
me.
ever Whatwe
say,
that
que
right
to
Dondequiera
go,
we
vayamos,
same
lo. mismo.
Wherever
However
shall
mas
see
the
Por much he
que
aprender
the
la
leccion.
may
work,
learn
lesson.
134. is
The subjunctive Subjunctive in Adjective Clauses. that" is inused in an troduced adjectiveclause (i. e., a clause
the
for
main
Busco
a
and
modifies
noun
or
pronoun
of
qualifiesan
pueda
pasar
winter.
que
no
indefinite
I
expression.
am
donde I
can
el invierno.
lookingSend
read
me
house
pass
the
Mdndeme
any
cualquiera libro
not
haya
bueno.
Icido. Don't
I have
read.
que
no sea
lea
book
is not who
nhigun gocd.
a
libro le
any
conozco
nadie teach
que you
enseue
Vd.
espahol.
I don't
know
anybody
*
will
Spanish.
expression big it
este may may
The
noun
second with
or
its
be be. however
an
adverb,
an
adjective,
por may
grande
que dinero
however
que
tenga
hombre,
little money
this
man
ucsson
xxni
85
The indefinite negNegative Words. ative "no words one/' ninguno, "no," "none," "nobody," nada and nadie, "nobody,'' "no one," and ninguna cosa, with "nothing," are found most a commonly in connection then often translated They are negative verb. positively also translated etc. "any," "anyone," They are positively in an when which they occur interrogativesentence requires a negative answer.
135. Indefinite
ATo No
in
my
me
tengo
hand.
me.
la
mano.
have
nothing
book.
No No
a.
iengo
ningun
nada
are a
libro nadie.
f ranees.
I
am
I
not
haven't
any
French
to
digo They
or
saying anything
when alone. No
one
anybody.
first in
a
translated when
they stand
of
my
sentence
clause, and
de
Ninguno
French. Nadie
j
me
mis
amigos Nobody
Nada.
franees.
loves What
me.
friends
is
quiere.
Vd.f
Que
desea
do
you
want?
Nothing.
136.
Infinitive of
expressions
an
tain Cer-
and
infinitive.
nada mucho
que
comer,
algo bueno
que
to
say.
write.
137.
a noun
The of
Weather.
to
Similar
express
to
the
use or
of
tener
with
state
condition is the
use
physical
with
a noun
mental describe
(see 86),
weather.
Race Hacia
j
of
hacer
to
the
frio. It is cold.
viento. It hace? is it? It is bad
was
Hace
It is It is
warm.
windy.
What kind
Hace
sunny.
Que
of
tiempo
weather
un
Hace
Hace
tiempo.
It is It
good
is
very
weather.
Hace
tiempo malo.
frio.
weather.
cold.
Nouns
used
as
above
an
take
adverb
an
adjective modifier,
is
while
in
the
lent equiva-
English
expressions
used.
86
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY.
absolutamente,
acera,
adv., absolutely.
sidewalk.
m.,
color,
tener
heat.
to-
frio, cold. tener frio, to be cold. importante, important. (R-ch. I). pintnra, painting. picture-gallery. Prado, a famous mountain-range. sierra, saw,
to
color,
be
warm.
cofdlogo, catalogue. cielo, sky, heaven. claro, clear, bright, light. clima, m., climate. dorse prlsa, to hurry. dentro de, prep., inside of, within, in.
tor, pensar,
no
to
sol,
m.,
sun. sun.
al sol, in the
es-
tranjero).
EXERCISE
a.
Muchos
extranjeros piensan
el clima mucho
a
el clima
de
Madrid
es
muy que
malo.
en se
En
verano
en
verdad,
hace las
de calor
Madrid
a
el
ven
calles lo
esta
hora Mientras
cierto
personasvayamos
y tan
encontraremos
mismo.
en
que
un
cielo
tan
claro
azul,
frio
a
no
lo
vemos
ningun
hace
una acera
pais.
a
En
calor
el
invierno
hace
nota
la sombra,
pero
bastante
al sol. Por la
Se
diferencia
a causa
pasando
de los
de
otra.
noche
hace
vientos
frios
que que
bajan de la sierra.
hacer de
esta
b.
":Tiene Vd.
y
mucho nada.
manana? todas
que
a
Absolutamente
para
Acabo hacer
puedo
que
mis
lecciones le guste.
Vd.
visitemos de
Esta
Dese iado
bien.
Dentro
algunos minutos
nos
estare antes
listo.
que
Vd.
prisa
Vd.
para
que
volvamos
haga
un
demas-
calor.
I Conoce
alguna
del
no
tienda
donde
pueda
comprar
catalogo
de
las
pinturas
; pero
Prado? necesita
yo
Si
conozca
Vd.
que
mejor
me c.
que
de Dos
tanto
gusto
ensenarselas
Vd.
hablando de uno de ellos. el cuarto en jovenes estaban lecciones el dia siguiente, de aprender sus Este dijo que acababa para Se su a amigo le gustara. podia hacer cualquiera cosa y que que demasiado hiciese Prado dieron visitar antes al prisa para que desearia calor. El joven dijo que entrar en alguna tienda donde no pudiese comprar un catalogo. Su amigo le dijo entonces que
88
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
of the walk
Prado? with
a
5. friend. It
a
Nothing
6. The
gives
me
greater
pleasure
finds in the
than
to
go
to
teacher
at
rarely
noon
mistakes Puerta
so
in
John's
Sol.
the
exercises. 8.
sun
7. take
come
is
Please
may
on
del that
Open
time
the that
11.
windows
I
went
in.
The of
last
the the
thirteenth windows
a
October.
even
The
warm.
sleep
13.
with
closed,
may say, you.
if it is the
not
On the
son
ing arrivclimate. is
not next
in
Madrid
stranger
be
are
notices it is 15.
to
difference
true
in
my to
Whatever
14.
they
God
you
that
not
strong.
month
to
with
which
shall
me. me
go
Paris should
unless
some
willing
to
go
with teach
find
book
you
would do
were on
i6v to speak
18. I should
my
like
Spanish.
was
17.
Haven't last
every
anything
19.
20. 21.
week.
If
in
Thursday? Madrid,
come
It
fine
to
go
the
a
They
The
used
to
to
house of the
twice
principal
introduce in the knows 27. the
theatres
capital
How
closed.
one
does
we
greet
arrive
shall
myself
street? 25. 26.
me
to
you.
23.
we
24.
If
doors.
Is
there He sir.
more
hurry nobody
there do
not
anybody)
there
you very
who him.
you?
Excuse
to
said I
who
well.
it may
sun.
the
kindness
speak
cold in the
in the
shade
before
Day
30.
calor
was
que
Consequently,
will
yesterday
be tell you.
Monday,
Come
His mother
to-day
Tuesday
have
to out
Wednesday.
31.
a
something
of 32. that 35. the We it is
important
kitchen
to
told him
she
go
came.
and
that
to
sit in
are
chair
in the
library until
s^to
regret
very
you 34.
not
satisfied,
me
It
seems
to
me
windy.
Come
Remember
see me
John
and
the
rest.
Good
Night !
and
often.
LESSON
XXV.
138. learned
The
are
simple
the
forms
of
the
regular
and the
verb
not
yet
Future
Subjunctive
in the them
These
and and
are
are
ordinary conversation,
sake of in his
because
so
139.
Note.
The
added
stress to
is the
in
stem
all of
forms the
on
the
first
syllable
of
the
ending.
Endings
are
infinitive.
140.
Use
of
Future
Subjunctive.
or
The
future
express
is found
its the
except
estuviere
tuted substi-
Ire
manana even
aunque if I am
shall
go
morrow to-
sick. le dieren
I
Toma
you.
Vd.
lo
que
(den).
shall
go
Take
what the
they
may
give
Ire
si tuviere
el dinero.
if I have
money.
The Subjunctives. Irregular Future be found subjunctive of any irregular verb may by
141.
-re
for
the
final
r..
-ron
of
,""
the
past
definite,third
plural. 1
aijeron,
dijere
sintieron, sintiere
142.
but
two
Mode.
The
person
are
mode the
stem
person
endings
added
the
infinitive.
ENDINGS.
FIRST
CONJ.
-a
2D -e
CONJ.
3D
-e
CONJ.
-ad
-ed
-id of
Adding
these
endings
to
stems
regular verbs,
escribe escribid
we
get
trabaja trabajad
Note.
in the
responde responded
is
on
The
which
are
stress
the
stem
in in
plural.
in What
forms
of
the
third
differs
the and ending on singular, four of the is one conjugation second from the tion. conjugaending the
90
143.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Orthographical
522 b, and
Changing
Verbs.
Learn
to
505coger,
508
and
cruzar,
dirigirand
Irregular
means
144. Saber
saber, "to
know." process,
to
Learn
possess
540.
as
"to
know"
by
mean
mental
"to knowhow."
does
not
about," and
the that about
to
with
know
sabe Juan
la lection.
no
John
know
lesson.
que
estudia
know
John
it
doesn't
study enough.
madre
se
lo supo hablar
ayer.
espanol.
contrasted
Conocer,
"to be
saber,
"to* make
"to
by
the
senses,
acquainted with,"
the
"to
recognise." Vd. a Juan Sudres jNo conoce le conoci el ano Si; pasado
La i Conoce
in Paris. last year conocimos seguida. en Vd.
este
f
en
Don't Paris.
you
John
I made
Suarez?
his
quaintance ac-
Yes,
her with
We Are
recognized
you
at
once.
librof
familiar
this
book?
145.
Cardinal
Points. el
The
cardinal
Norte,
"West."
"North,"
Sur, "South," el
be
They
must
accompanied
by
the
masculine
nite defi-
article.
Distance. person
Distance
singular
desde
of
is
jCudnto
to
hay
?
aqui
No
la escuelaf
the No
school
hay mucho,
or
hay mucha
distancia.
It is not
it may
drop
the
final
a.
Cualquier (a) cafe. Any Cafe. Cualesqnicr (a) libros. Any books Cualquiera de los libros. Any one
*
at
of
Any
except
third
the
person
tense
present
used form.
impersonally,
but
no
LESSON
XXV
91
a.
It
may
be
used
after
by
do
the
indefinite U11 b.
No
article. hombre
cualquiera podria
used in No
Any
man
might
no
it.
It
is not
tengo
libros, or
I have
books.
Agradecer,
thanks
are
"to
thank/' takes
as
as
direct
object
the
conocer
that
son per-
whom
thanks
indirect
(see 513).
he
your
agradezco
tnucho
amabilidad.
much
for
kindness.
VOCABULARY.
isquierdo,left.
a
la the
tzquierda,
left.
on
the
left, to
coachman,
catch.
cross.
cabman.
on
a
the lo
other
side.
derecho,
a
la
the
menos, at
or
menos,
adv.,
the
right, to (manner).
to
least, arrival.
to
llegada,
how? liegar por
a,
jde
que
do?
get
to, reach.
directo, straight.
aqui,
donde?
this
way
(lit.through
way,
dirigirse
towards.
a,
to
address,
go
here).
por
what how
(lit.
street).
season.
ferrocarril, m.,
railroad. railroad
sallffXo
seguir,
on,
leave.
go
guide,
much. ir bien road
time-table.
infinito, adv.,
para,
to. to
infinitely,
be
on
very
follow, continue, to keep on (R-ch. III). safe, sure. seguro, tranzia, m., street-car. tranvia, in a car. en
the
right
XXV.
el
EXERCISE
a. va a
Caballero,
la estacion mucho
";me
haria
Vd.
favor
de
a
decirme la
por
donde
se
del
no
Este?
(or de
dirigirme
Me
seguro.
estacion?)
que esta
Siento directa
y
no a
poder
hacerlo.
parece
calle
va
tambien
a
extranjero
para
or
e
aquel cochero.
de
Cochero,
la
hace
Vd.
el
favor
estacion si
del
se va
Este
por
decirme
(or, de aqui a
decirme la
donde
estacion?)
Q2
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Si
cruce,
seiior.
Siga
la
Vd.
a
esta
calle
hasta
y
la
primera
hasta necesito la
calle estacion.
que
la
vuelva
esquina
de alia?
la
derecha, ^Cuanto
siga
iCuanto
para
hay
aqui?
tiempo
(se
necesita)
ir
(llegar)
bastante Vd.
Hay
pero
distancia. subir
en
Necesita mi
Vd.
le
media llevare
hora alia
lo
menos;
si
quiere
coche,
dentro
de
algunos
No
su
minutos.
tengo
prisa
prefiero
ir
pie.
Le
agradezco
Vd.
infinite)
"
amabilidad. No b.
hay
i
de
que.
Sabe
Vd.
si
el
tren
para
Paris
sale
de
vla
estacion
del
Norte No de la
I
?
senor.
Sale
de
la
estacion
del
Este,
que
esta
al
otro
lado
ciudad.
Sabe
Vd.
la
pero
hora
en
de
la
salida
tren
se
de
la
noche?
ver una
No
senor;
cualquier
hallara Vd.
(a)
la
puede
la salida
Guia
la
de
Ferrocarriles.
de
En
ella
tren.
de
de
llegada
cualquier
c.
(a)
Cuando
a
una
persona
que
no
conoce
bien
"ja
la
se
ciudad
desea
llegar
No
(dirigirse
sabiendo Vd.
que
a)
por
un
punto
ir
cualquiera,
a
quien
punto,
dirige?
":a
donde
cualquier
(a)
quien
se
dirigiria
";De
? modo iria
Vd.
^Tomaria
en
Vd.
ciudad?
un
coche?
estaciones
hay
por que
esta
esta
^Cuales
son?
llegar
tranvia
calles
a
calle delante
antes
la de
estacion? la
pase
puerta?
alia?
";nos
iCuantas
Al la
cruzamos
de calle
llegar
de
llegar
la
esquina
de
la
Sevilla
volvemos
derecha?
I Se I No
puede
hay
que
ir
alia
pie,
libro
6
que
es
preciso
de la
ir hora
en
coche? de la
ningun
de
coger
son
llegada
de
los
trenes
vienen
Paris? el
cuatro
en
I Se
puede
tranvia
aqui ?"
del
que sepa
las nadie
estaciones clase
ano?
esta
responder
en
espafiol?
tESSON
xxvi
93
LESSON 149.
XXVI.
Subjunctive
in
a
in
Object
stands
or
Clauses.
as
The
tive subjuncthat
tions ques-
is used expresses
clause
that
doubt, disbelief
statement
que
the
Dudo father will
contained
mi
esta
doubt
whether
my
jCree
you
hombre
as
sea as
tan
como
se
piensaf
Do
think
No
a. creo
is lo
sea.
learned
I
is
believed? is.
que
do
not may
think be main
Verbs
that
express
same
belief for
by the indicative,
or
if the
subject
que
ser es
is the
the
dependent
verb.
by the
infinitive.
muy
Creo Cree
not.
sabio.
no
I think lo
es.
that
he
sabio
pero
He
thinks
he
is
150. direct
Verbs
meaning
asked of whom
Vd.
"to
or
ask"
and
"to
buy"
as or
take
as
the
the
la
indirect
ject ob-
bought.
you
jA
house?
quien
com
pro
Sr.
un
casa?
did
Mr.
buy
the
La La her Me Le Le
Fernandez.
favor
su
Fernandez.
a
girl asked
favor
of
friend.
pidio
voy
a
un
favor.
She
asked
a
me
a am
favor.
preguntar
que
no
algo
Juan.
going
not to
to
ask do
John
thing. some-
suplico
lo haga.
I beg
you
it.
Uno,
pronoun
-a,
or
-os,
-as.
Uno
may
be
used
as
an
in-'
the be
a
singular
numeral
it may
be
few," while
number.
entrarf
muy
before
approximate
j No
puede
unos
uno
May
one
not
come
in?
a
Ten go books.
libros
I have
few
interesting
cost
some
El
seven
unos
pesetas.
The
ticket
will
94
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
152. used
Use
a
of
Definite
Article. used
a
The
a
definite article
is
before
a
singularnoun
before
in
class, or
class.
tiene
an
noun plural,
the
whole
El
Me
a.
hombre
que
morir.
I like is
Man
must
die.
gust
las
Hores.
the
way.
flowers.
used
in
Similarly, a general
vida
es
article
required before
an
abstract
noun
La
b.
corta.
Life
is short. definite
as
Similarly,
used in
or
the
masculine
way
article is found
name
before
an
infinitive when
subject
verbal
a general predicate.
the
of is then
an
The
infinitive
English
El
noun es
in
v'wir
barato
-ing. en Espana.
as
Living
is
cheap
in
Spain.
as
153.
Demonstratives
este
means
correlatives.
Used
means
relatives, cor-
"the
former, and
libro
es
aquel
lectura
"the
latter."
Tengo gramdtica;
154.
dos
este
libros
es
de
un
libro
de
fdcil.
Personal
or or a
Definite Pronoun.
Article A
used
for
and
strative Demon-
personal pronoun
demonstrative que. In
found before de is seldom pronoun their place the definite article is used las used
or
relative
de, and
the
el que, may
la
que,
contract
los in
que, the
article
(el de, la de, los de, las que). When so with a regular way
hat. of
de.
La del sombrero Los de Madrid
azul.
y
She
de
of
the
blue
los
Paris. los
Those
Madrid
and
those
of
Paris.
El
studies
que
estudia
do
not
que
no
estudian.
The
boy
who hard
who
La
learns
estudia deal.
me
mucho did mi
to
She
gave
me
who
studies
great
que
casa
Los
Mi
Vd.
y
ayer.
yesterday.
of
my
la de
Similar
amigo.
this third
use
My
of
the
house
article
and
is
that
its
friend.
for the
Remark.
substitution
possessive
Mi
pronoun
casa
of
la
de
the el.
person
(see
and
53).
My
house
his.
155. consists
Adverbs of those
in -mente.
The
largestclass
These
may
of adverbs
ending
in -mente.
be
formed
96
coche
y
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
de
tin
punto
llevan
en
a a
otro
uno
es a
mas
barato,
cuesta
caro
porque
mediante la
una
peseta
media
le
cualquiera
hoteles
mas
parte
de
ciudad.
caro, segun
El
vivir
(La
que
vida)
el
los
por
mejores
tren
es
igualmente
mas
mientras
se
viajar
barato 6 de
tercera
toma
(compra) iQue
clases de
de
primera, hay
de
segunda
es
clase.
estas
tres
(Cual
la
diferencia)
a son
entre
La
didad
diferencia de las
del
precio corresponde
Los
ellos de
la diferencia
tan
de
como
la
como-
coches.
y y
en
primera
muchos
buenos
los
cuanto y
de
cualquier
a
pais,
tercera
viajan
estan
extranjeros.
son
En
los
de
de
pero
y
en
segunda,
no
bastante
en
malos
estos
muy
comfortables,
de
tercera
calentados
el invierno. la mayor
En
los
coches
los
de
que
viajan
con
parte
y
de
los
los
que
naturales,
desean
ver
los la
extranjeros
verdadera
peso
poco
dinero,
vida
I Cuanto
de
equipaje
transporta
Pero
es
libre?
muy
mas
Treinta
kilogramos
tin una
solamente.
meses en
solo,
maletas
pasar
y
en
par
manta
de
Espafia
Estas
sin
que
dos llevar
de
viaje.
cosas
las
consigo
b. Alii
el coche. Vd. al
otro
1 Puede
dirigirme
lado
estas
al la
despacho
estacion. al
de
billetes?
esta,
de
cosas
Mozo,
Deme
lleve Vd.
Vd.
tin
despacho
clase
de
para
equipajes.
Sevilla
billete
de
tercera
(or,
more
simply,
Sevilla, tercera).
que
lA
c.
hora
sale
el
tren? caballero
que
iDonde quien
le de
piensa pide
que
ir este informes
el
afio
que
viene?
I A
los
necesita?
necesita
su
informes? cuando le
contesta
amigo
pide
informes?
desea lo
saber decir
su
primero?
su
Se
puede
es
amigo?
sabe barato
tanto
acerca
en
iComo
I Cree
":Cuanto
que que
cuesta
amigo
mas en
de
la
vida
que
espafiola? aqui
?
Vd.
sea
el vivir de
una
Espafia
a
el ir
en
coche
estacion de
otra?
"jEs
IA
cara
la vida clases
los
mejores
tienen
Madrid?
iCuantas
que
mas
de
coches
trenes
espanoles?
los 6
corresponde
comfortables de los
";Son
precio de segunda
naturales? solo
billetes?
de tercera?
los
iEn
cuales
coches
se
viajan
para
r;Cuanto
equipaje
necesita
viajar
en
Espafia?
lesson
xxvn
97
LESSON
XXVII.
156.
cuarenta
Cardinal
Numerals.
40 50
Review
39
-as -as -as -as -as
and
87.
500 600 700 800
goo IJ"00
quinientos,
seiscientos, setecientos, ochocientos, novecientos,
m" dos cien
un
cincuenta
sesenta setenta
60 70 80
90
100
ochenta
noventa
mil mil
2,000
100,000
200
300
-as
1,000,000 2,000,000
400
dos
Ciento
a noun
becomes
or
cien when
it stands
mil.
a.
Cien
b.
c.
hombres,
Mil Of The is the
an
hundred
men.
adjective and
hundreds,
500,
is
noun.
900
are
irregularly formed.
serve as
d.
following compound
109
120 121
numbers
will
types.
y
ciento
ciento
ciento
cuarenta
447
y y
uno
(y)
ocho ordinals
nueve
1909
ciento
e.
cuatro
mil, seiscientos
are
174,698 might
be
etc.
The in
cardinals
to
o'ften the
used of
where
a
the
used This
is el
English,
true
0.
is also
of
give days of
la
number the
page,
volume,
century,
month,
excepting the
The of fifteenth March.
which first,
primer
La
grammar.
leccion
quince de
de
marzo.
gramdtica.
The
lesson
of
the
El dia cinco
157.
of
Relative relatives
or
most
commonly
a
used
to
the
is invariable.
It relates
persons when
verb, and
the
tions preposi-
de,
libro
en,
que
or
me me
con.
Un
interesa. visit 6.
A The
book
man
which
who house
interests visited
me.
me.
El
La
hombre
casa
que que
he
comprado.
The
which
I have
bought.
98
Las La
to
senoras
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
que
visile ayer.
le liable.
The The
ladies school
whom about
visited I
terday. yes-
escuela
de
que
which
spoke
you.*
158.
Quien, quienes.
to
The
and
relatives
are
quien, quienes,
instead
of que
"who," relate
as
persons
only,
used
follows
o.
:
a
With
hombre In
to
a
form
the
conozco.
objective
A
case.
Un
.
quien
man
whom
I know.
b.
general after
con
La
was
seiiora
whom
talking.
c.
To of
take
the
pronoun,
one.
introducing
no
clause
equal value
encontre
a
Hoy
To-day
d.
I met In
dijo
he
que
estd
bueno.
is not
well.
the
cedent. ante-
literary texts
da
proverbs
veces.
chiefly,to
who
include
Quien
doubly.
159.
luego da
dos
He
El
que
(la
que,
los
que,
las
que)
and
may
(la cual,
to
cuales). These
because of
relatives
persons
are
things, and
complete
que the and
substitutes valuable as chiefly to avoid possibleambiguity in cases separated from its antecedent. Estudio
I
am
quien
is
relative
la
gramdtica
also
a
de
Salvd, la cual
which for is
a
(la que)
very
es
nitty
one.
buena.
studying Salva's
a.
grammar,
good
the
They
and
talon
are
used
euphony
after
longer
tions preposiThe
after
comma.
El
check Me
mediante of which
el
by
means
gust a
via jar
I like
en
los
comfortables.
very
to
travel
in
the
muy
are
comfortable.
Such
in
sen.tence
as
"The
a
impossible preposition
Spanish,
because
which
governs
would about" I school spoke to you is never (2) the relative omitted, and must relative precede it.
(1)
be the
wesson
xxvn
99
the
neuter
160. and
Maria
Lo
que
and
lo
to
a
cual. whole
lo
que
These
clause.
(lo
I
am
are
tives, rela-
they
cstd
relate
muy
enferma,
cual)
very
siento
sorry
muchisimo.
for.
Mary
is very
sick, (a matter)
which
161.
Causative
Construction. "to
The
verb
hacer
is
force.
It is followed clause.
Make las
subjunctive object
Vd.
se
Haga
Juan
seven.
entrar
al
mno. a
hiso
llamar le llamas el
siete.
John
had
Juan
at
seven. a
hiso
hacer
que
en
las siete.
I
John
to
had
have
them the
call him
Voy weighed.
Hare
pesar
equipaje.
am
going
I shall
baggage
call him
que
Juan
le llame
temprano.
have
John
early.
a.
Mandar,
mandado mandado
me a
"to
He He make
hacer que
traje.
hagan
un
I have
ordered I have
suit ordered
made. them
to
traje.
suit.
162.
Object
with
Pronouns
used
are
impersonally.
often used
as
The
ject ob-
pronouns pronouns
indefinite
to
meaning
the
en
of
"some/'
Si,
los la
"any," "one,"
hay.
Is there
I
no
avoid
j No
repetitionof
hay
this
noun.
biblioteca
house?
esta
casaf is
si any
one.
brary li-
in like
Yes
Quisiera
to
buy
Vd.
tiene
ones.
fuertes.
should
strong
163.
persons
Idiomatic.
Hay,
tenses
and
the
other
may
third used
singular of
que
of haber
be
with
and
an
to infinitive,
express
impersonal obligation.
to
Hay
at ten
que
estar
en
casa
It is necessary had
to
be
at
home
o'clock.
que
Habia
a.
estudiar with de
mucho.
and
an
study
hard.
a
Haber
or
infinitive
expresses
mild
sort
of
obligation
expectation.
100
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
He
j
de
ir
con
el.
de
am
(expect to)
ahoraf
the above
I
go
are
with
we
him.
to
Que
tener
hemos
hacer
with
What
the
must
do
now?
of
Remark.
Contrast
que. que
estar
personal
be there
expression early.
tion obliga-
by
Tengo
alii temprano.
164.
Is
it
not? iNo?
The
expressions
are
"iNo when
es
verdad?
iVerdad?
alone, or
of
a
alone
used
statement.
The
English
translation
depends
upon
the
Race Usted Vd.
statement. buen
It is fine weather, isn't it? tiempo. gVerdadf You es are a Spaniard, are you not? espahol, jVerdad? didn't you? You acaba de llegar, jNof just came,
is.
of
money,
m.,
Madrid. coin.
banco, bank-note.
trunk.
moneda,
paquete,
baul,
package.
bulto, piece
etc.).
caja, box.
cambiar,
"
to
to to
stop.
cambiar
cars.
de
tren,
to
change
take
out.
(See
above.
(pron., esceso).
fuera de,
side of.
prep.,
aside
from,
out-
adv., particularly, especially. tarjeta, card. talon, m., check, stub. vnelia, return, change,
todo,
XXVII. lleve
sus cosas
EXERCISE
a.
Llame
Vd.
un
mozo
que
al
en
despacho
el facturar
de
Vd. esta equipajes, mientras que Vd. de billetes. Despues vaya Es posible que tenga Vd. baul.
Vd. lo
que
comprando
con
el billete
para
despacho
el
el billete
pagar
un
hacer
que
exceso.
Si le hay, pague
el cual
debe,
sacar
le daran
a a
Vd.
su
talon, mediante
a
(el
que)
puede
b.
el
equipaje
bultos tambien?
llegada
facturar dos?
Sevilla.
este
iMe
los
hace
Vd.
el favor
que
de
estos
baul
esta
";No tiene
Vd.
que
Vd.
mas
Esos
paquetes,
caja? ":quiere
facture
LESSON
XXVII
IOI
No;
los voy
llevar dos
conmigo
bultos
en
el tren. ciento
y
Bastante.
Estos
pesan
iCuanto
Cuarenta
I Puede
hay
y
que
pagar?
pesetas.
este y
dos
Vd. tiene
y
cambiarme Vd.
ocho la vnelta
billete
el talon.
de
banco
de
cien
pesetas ?
Aqui
Cincuenta
c.
pesetas.
Vd.
vez en
Esta
veces
bien.
en
"jHa
es
estado la
muchas
; pero
Esta
en
segunda
todo Vd.
que
fuera
e
de
Espana? Espana he
viajado mucho
Europa,
";C6mo
He
sobre
es
Italia
tan
Inglaterra.*
bien
y
habla
el espafiol? mi conocimiento
a
tenido hablo
que
muy
buenos
maestros,
me
del
el
italiano,
el cual
";De
ha
ayudado
aprender
espanol.
Y del Norte. Vd. Soy Americano es espanol, iverdad? Permitame Vd. Espanol y madrileno. Aqui me a presente que Y tiene mi Vd. de ? ";cual es su tarjeta. gracia {Polite way of asking a stranger's name.) Me servir a Vd. llamo Siento no tener tarJohn Brown, para conocerle mucho tenerle en compafiero jetas. Tengo gusto en y por hora la de viaje. iSabe Vd. a frontera, a llegaremos que y si hay que
cambiar
de
tren?
a
Llegaremos
los
treries
la
no
una,
tenemos
que
cambiar
de
tren
porque
espafioles
los
que
ferrocarriles
para
bajemos el equipaje.
iCuanto
Bastante
anchos pueden pasar la frontera, siendo mas los tambien franceses, y es espafioles que preciso de los aduana la empleados puedan registrar que alii?
comer
tiempo tiempo
paramos para
para
cambiar
nuestra
moneda
espafiola por
d.
francesa.
se
iDonde
exceso?
facturan
En
pagar
los ferrocarriles
los
es
veces
iCon
minar
que
(Mediante
nos
nuestro
al
ter-
el viaje?
Si
un
un
billete banco
son se
cuesta
dieciocho
pesetas,
";cual
la vuelta
de
billete de
de
cincuenta
que
pesetas ?
nos
iCuales ^;C6mo
Madrid?
las
lenguas
los
ayudan
de
aprender
del
el
espanol?
";de
llaman
naturales
America
Norte?
iComo
jamos?
*
se
llaman
las
personas
con
quienes
becomes
before
ie
word
beginning
with
or
hi, unless
these
form
part
of
the
diphthong
(hie).
102
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
iQue
como se
frase llama?
que
no
empleamos pueden
para
preguntar
cortesmente
un
hombre
de
I Por
los trenes
franceses
pasar
la f rontera
Espafia?
I Por que
iQue iHay
tren
en
la frontera?
la clase?
LESSON
XXVIII.
SYNOPSIS.
ARTICLE
"
definite,(a) used
with
(i) cardinal points (145) in general used (2) nouns nouns (152 a) (3) abstract
sense
(152)
(152 b) (4) infinitives used as nouns (164) personal or demonstrative pronouns ADJECTIVES" numeral, cardinal (156) for ordinals used (156 e) PRONOUNS used impersonally (162) (a) personal, object forms correlatives as (153) (b) demonstratives el cual (159) (c) relative, que (157), quien (158), el que, lo cual lo que, (160) (151) (d) indefinite, cualquiera (147), uno VERBS Regular (a) future subjunctive (139) (b) imperative mode (142) Irregular (a) future subjunctive (141) (b) orthographical changing (505-508, 522 b) (c) saber (540) Use (a) future subjunctive (14c) contrasted and (b) saber conocer (144) of doubting (149) (c) subjunctive with verbs (d) ordering (161) of haber uses (e) idiomatic (146, 163) (f) verbs of asking, etc. (150) (g) agradecer (148) in -mente ADVERBS (155) Cardinal MISCELLANEOUS" points (145) Distance (146) Is it not? (164)
(b) used
for
"
"
"
"
"
EXERCISE
Turn into
XXVIII.
1492? 2. We travel buy in the ticket office. 3. It is necessary to buy a ticket before having the baggage did not think that I weighed as much He checked, is it not? 4. he. 5. Unfortunately, not knowing how not able to cook, I was as 6. Wherever to avail myself of the kitchen. we travel,we may
1.
Spanish.
by
means
What
a
happened
in
on
the
railroad
of
ticket which
we
ii
104
Me mother
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
alegro de
is better.
en en
que
su
madre
este
major
it. insisted
de salad.
am
glad
your
Insistio Insistio
ello.
que
He
insisted He
on
fuesemos.
with
that
we
should'
go.
166.
Verbs de and
Subjunctive
en,
or
Infinitive.
Preferir,
alegrarse
insistir verb
followed there
no
by
is
an a
object change
of
clause of
with
in
an
subjunctive if
is
and subject,
by
to
infinitive if there
change
subject.
Prefiero ir. Prefiero que go).
Insisto
en en
prefer
vaya.
go.
Vd.
prefer that
on
you
should
go
(to have
you
entrar.
I insist
entren.
coming
insist
to
see
in.
on
Insistire
Me Me
a.
que
I shall I
am
their
coming
we were
in.
there.
or
verle.
que
glad
you.
was
estuviesemos
alii.
glad by
He the
"to
advise," is followed
temprano.
subjunctive
me
the
infinitive. Me ir
(que fuese)
advised
to
go
early. Dejar, permitir and despite the general ir. Vd. Let me Dejeme
167. Possessive
b.
prohibir
statement
are
often
101
a.
found
with
the
finitive in-
in
go.
of of
Adjectives. In addition to the possessive adjectivesalready given, there These long rarely used. longer forms, more
the suyo, and
a.
the is
a
forms series
are
forms
merely
tuyo,
noun,
without
the
article follow
(mio,
their
They always
used
:
:
In
direct
address
Amigo
b. word When like
mip.
the
un
My
noun
friend. modified
is
preceded by
some
indefinite
This is equivalent to cierto, algunos, muchos, etc. the forms would use saying that they are used where in English we "of mine," "of his," etc. of ours. friend A Un amigo nuestro. conocidos Muchos acquaintances of his. Many suyos.
Parecer
and
hacer
a
falta.
Parecer,
are
"to
seem,"
lack/'
transidiomatically
LESSON
XXIX
I05
used
lated
an
"to
think"
and
"to need.'''
parecer
When
see
so
they require
is not
you
indirect
Me
object. For
que
no
513.
that he
parece
le
est a
fuerte.
estas
think
strong.
think
gNo
these
I
parecen
hermosas
pinturasf
think!
Don't
paintings are do you Que le parece I What do jQue le hace falta? What I need Me hace falta diner o.
a.
beautiful?
you money.
need?
Parecer used
(like
creer
and
when
interrogatively or Do think we the parece que vayamos? you No sea fuerte. I don't think me parece que
169. Possessive Construction
was
pcnsar) negative^.
may
take
the
subjunctive go?
should he
is strong.
with
Article
and
direct In-
89 that the definite article substituted for a possessive. In many is often such cases is expressed as indirect the possessor object of the verb. This indirect object may double be a pronoun, a or a noun, with both and noun object construction pronoun. Object.
It
stated
in
Me
puse
em
el
sombrero.
me
put
el
on
my
hat.
El
my
plead 0
registro
al
equipaje.
I al
The
the
employee
child's The hat
baggage.
Puse el sombrero medico
le
tomo
nino. el
put
on
El
teacher's
pulso
maestro.
doctor
pulse.
170.
Poner,
used
se
"to
on."
See
538.
a.
Poner nina
La
"to become," "to get." mean reflexively may sick. The child became enferma. (got) puso
171.
is
a."
This
noun adjective-proPreceded
followed article
I
by the
it
means
indefinite article.
"a
certain
any
by
the
Me No
a.
indefinite
lo
creo
certain."
Suarez
such
tal
dijo
tal
un cosa.
tal Suarez.
don't
told
me
so.
believe
thing. equivalent
to
a
Preceded
by
the
definite
article
is
monstrati de-
El
will
tal Fernandez
to-morrow.
llegard
que
manana.
That
(mentioned)
Fernandez
arrive b.
In
questions
tal
tal is
or
jQue along?
sigue Vd.f
are
you
getting
io6
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
171
cambiar
A.
de
-
Idiomatic. traje,
think
to
change
clothes. pensar
en,
to
about.
ahora
mismo, this very minute. de prim era first class. clase, /No faltaba mas! The idea!
el momento
tiempo, on time. actualmente, at the present time. hoy mismo, this very day. tener sed, to be thirsty. Man alive! jHombre!
actual,
at
este en en momento, Faltan cinco minutos cinco minutos con de cinco minutos con de
the
present
minutes
time.
to
seven.
para
las
siete.
five
It
is five late.
anticipacion, five
retraso,
minutes
early.
minutes
VOCABULARY.
actual, present.
gasto,
afortunado, fortunate.
algo, adv., somewhat. Alemania, Germany. amo, -a, proprietor. calendario, calendar.
cruz, I cuanto
cuanto
hacia,
casa
towards.
huesped,
de house. lavar
n
host, guest.
hucspedes, boardingto
,
(se)
o,
wash.
f.,cross.
I
timer
number.
How,
as
how
soon
much!
as
antes,
ble. possi-
estancia, stay. falta, lack, fault. faltar, to lack. gab an, m., overcoat.
telegram.
vaso,
glass.
EXERCISE
a.
XXIX.
Jose
acaba
que
de
recibir
un
telegrama
de
un
amigo
y
suyo,
un
conocio
el afio los
a
pasado
Estados
en
America.
El tal amigo
por
vapor
desde
Unidos,
pasando
mes
por
Alemania
a
Francia, llegara
de
es
Madrid Mirando
el veintisiete el calendario ha de
del
actual,
nota
las
nueve
la el
mafiana.
dia
en
que
su
amigo
doce sale cinco
que
el
que
faltan
y
solamente el
para
Se
el
sombrero
Afortunadamente
el tren
para
me
la
estacion.
y
retraso,
Juan
llevar
llega
tiempo
\ Cuanto
recibir
b.
alegro
tal paso
de
Dejeme
la maleta.
iQue
Vd.
'
Nouns
ending
in
in
the
singular, have
the
same
form
for
the
plural.
LESSON
XXIX
IO7
tenido Vd.
i/Muy
esperar
bien,
mncho de
pero
me
hallo
algo
cansado.
^Ha
Vd.
un
que
tiempo?
llegar ahora
todo Vd. mucha
Acabo
mismo.
sed.
1 No
tiene
a
hambre
vaso
? de
agua.
Vamos
buscar de
el restauran
antes
la estacion? deseo el
ir
al hotel, porque
de
comer.
";Cual
Se
dice
es
mejor
Hotel
hotel ?
Hay
de
a
tres
es
6 de de
cuatro
igualmente
pero
una
buenos.
yo
que
el
Paris
una casa numero
le
aconsejo
buena al
amo,
en
ir la
y
(que vaya)
calle de
seguro
muy
la
Cruz,
de
casa.
Conozco bien
a
muy
bien Un
estoy
en
que
le tratara
Vd.
primo
casa como
mio
vive
la misma
I Por
que
me
aconseja
no es un
Vd.
tan
ir
una
de
en
huespedes?
los
Porque
Sera
la
el gasto
grande
hoteles.
"jTomamos
mas
omnibus?
coger
facil
(tomar)
sacar su
el tranvia
que
pasa
delante
a
de
casa
puerta.
enferma los
Despues
y
en
de
equipaje
amo.
iremos
no
juntos
que
la
de
esta
casa
huespedes,
dias
le
presentare
momento, estancia faltaba
estare
en en
al
Si
en
fuera
que
mi
madre
en
este
su
insistiria Madrid. No
Vd.
pasara
mi
de
no
I Hombre,
casa
mas!
de
se
huespedes
ponga
madre
buena
piense Vd. en tal Espero perfectamente. que seguida, y que tenga pronto
cosa. su
En
la
sefiora
el gusto
de
conocerla.
c.
":De
quien
conocio
ha
recibido al tal
Jose
un
telegrama?
Brown
antes
iDonde
I Por
cuales
Juan paises ha
de
venir
Espana?
sabe su a Jose que amigo va iComo de salir? antes iQue se pone el tren? iLlega a tiempo D. Jose? se ^De que alegra tanto Juan a su amigo? iQue le pregunta todo desea sobre su ";Que amigo? de comer? iQue desea hacer antes hoteles de los mejores iCual es uno iPor amigo aconseja Jose a su que hotel ?
llegar hoy
mismo?
de
que
Madrid?
no
vaya
ningun
la calle
iComo
de la Cruz
I Por
su
sabe
es
Jose
que
la
casa
de
huespedes
su
que
esta
en
buena?
no
que
insiste
Jose
en
que
amigo
pase
algunos
dias
en
casa?
I08
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON
XXX.
172.
Compound
Tenses
of
the
perfect,the two pluperfectsand the formed respectively with subjunctive,are present, the imperfects and the future of
of in
The
the the
help
of
subjunctive haber. use difficulty.They are used presents no dependent clauses to translate the English perfect,pluperfect and future perfectindicative. (See 502.)
Their
a.
The
clause
to
perfect subjunctive
as
follows
the
but
same
tenses
of time
the
terior an-
main
present
verb
no
subjunctive,
in
it expresses
that
que
the
main
clause. todavia. I
am
Siento
not
come
hay a
venido
sorry
she
has
yet.
The clause
to
b. main
same
tenses
of
the time
they
express
anterior
of
the
verb
of
the
main liegad
clause.
0.
not
hubiese
{hubiera)
I was*
sorry
she
had
The
to
pluperfectsubjunctives are
fact,
in those
also the
used
in past
conditions
contrary
would be
places
conditions
where
used
contrary
to
Si
had had d.
hubiese
money,
The
take
the
differ
cuando he arrives
hubiere
will
write
me
when
(shall
have
173.
a.
Comparison
comparative
mas
or
of
of
Adverbs.
adverbs is
The with
formed,
like
that
of
tives, adjec-
menos.
mas
fdcilmente, more
The
in
easily;
of adverbs
menos
b.
superlative
form.
does
differ
from
the
parative com-
Los
den who
mas.
que
aprenden
Those the
most.
mas
fdcilmente
the
most
no
who
learn
los que
aprehthose
always
learn
UCSSON
XXX
109
comparison.
be
an
Superlative
degree.
Muy
a.
fdcil, muy
The
suffix
fdcilmente,
-isimo
very
easy,
easily.
adverbs take the
sumamente
bien, extremely
well.
to
applied
and words
adjectives and
in -isimo
may
presses ex-
superlative degree,
adverbial suffix
tional addi-
-mente. ;
pronto,
most
promptly,
may
very
promptly,
b.
superlative without
an
comparison
article
be
by placing
adverb
before
an
adverb of
the
neuter
lo, and
as
expression
lo
mejor
mas
lo
possibility. posible, the best possible, as well that I could. pude, the most que
After
an
possible.
175.
is
Than.
adjective,adverb
que. Note the
or
verb, "than''
tions excep-
regularly expressed by
:
a.
following
de
In
numeral,
and
mas
"than" is expressed positive sentence, by in a negative sentence, generally by que. de dos mil libros. I have
more
before
Tengo
books. La four
casa
than The
two
thousand has
no
tiene
mas
que
cuatro
pisos.
clause
del
house
only
stories. b. After
a noun
and
is
before
in
que
which
the
la
same
noun
is
understood,
de las
casa
"than"
que,
que), the
tiene
mas
(de
noun
que,
de
los
the ha
seen.
La has
more
cuartos
que
visto.
rooms
than
a
(the rooms)
to to
c.
Before
must
an
clause
which
the
verb the
of
the and
que.
of
the
sentence
be
added "than"
mas
complete
de
sense,
clause
after La
more
adverb,
casa
is
expressed by
lo que
more
de
lo
tiene
than
de lo I
cuartos
pensaba.
than
I
The
house
has
rooms
thought
que
Es
mas
thought.
an so
176.
-as,
"whose."
to
equivalent
is
more
often
used
sition prepo-
no
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
jCuyos
j En
(de
quien)
son
estos
librosf In
Whose whose
books
room
are
these?
the
cuyo
cuarto
pongo
el baulf
do
I put
trunk?
a.
Like
case
other it does
interrogatives,
not
cuyo
may
be and
used
relatively, in
as an
which
have
the
written
accent,
is used
jective ad-
only.
La
senora
en
cuya
casa
vive.
The
lady
in whose
house
he
lives.
177.
See
545.
VOCABULARY.
etcetera,
et
cetera.
de,
prep.,
in
addition
to.
alcoba, alegre, cheerful, happy. alto, high, tall. ally (generasiinto, affair, business in plu.). used bajo, low. banar (se), to bathe. bano, bath. de bano, bathroom. cuarto comestibles, food, eatables. ner comida, food, meal, board, din(at night). cubrir (de), to cover (with).* dar to on. give a, on, open under. de, debajo prep., desocupado, unoccupied. despensa, pantry. edificio,building.
en
bedroom.
exterior, outside, outer. guar dar, to keep. habitacion, {., room, apartment. interior, interior, inner. (see 511). leer, to read
^mencionar, to
mention.
occupy.
patio, courtyard. piso, story, floor. door. portal, m., big outer janitor. portero, -a, pueblo, people, town. quedarse con, to take/
sotano,
up.
cellar.
up,
subir, to bring
take
up,
carry
medio of.
de,
prep.,
in the middle
EXERCISE
a.
XXX.
(los hay) en Nueva York, edificios hay corao edificios tienen altos Los mas no mas pisos. de los las seis. edificios casas Los lars particupueblos pequenos y que Hainan el piso tienen Los tantos. se casa pisos de una no bajo, el primer piso 6 principal, el segundo, el tercero, etcetera. familia. El portero En el piso bajo vive el portero su con perEn
Madrid
no
de
treinta
cuarenta
Past
participle cubierto.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
el edificio
en
el que
estamos?
donde
se
subimos llaman
en
iComo iQuien
Ademas
vive de
se
la
los pisds superiores? casa? pisos de una el piso bajo de una casa espanola? habitation del portero, ";que hay en
a
los
el
piso bajo?
iComo iQue
I Donde I Cuales I Para I
una
puerta
cuartos
que
da
la calle?
casas
dos
de
tienen
las
espanoles?
estan
son
patios de
cuartos
las casas?
una
de
casa?
";una
que
se
la
despensa?
alcoba?
Que
hace
se
reciben
que
Madrid
por
un
buen
cuarto
con
la
que
que
pagar pagar
aqui ?
para
la comida
sola?
dice en esparto1, "Hi take this room?" se iComo Vd. cuarto tener iQuisiera mas un grande del que tiene ahora? esta debajo del piso bajo? iCual es la parte de la casa que
LESSON 178.
a.
XXXI. of Tenses.
may
Irregular Use
in
to
As
or
be of
used
acts
to
express
future time.
time,
express
vividly
Where
series shall
in the
past
trunk?
j Donde
pongo
Vd.
el haul?
I put
jSabe
corro
hacia
el iren. b.
the and conditional future and future perfect, and used then to conjecture. They are perfect are express equivalent to the present, perfect,imperfect and pluperfect respectively.
The
conditional
Que
edad
tendrd
esta
nihof He
su
How is casaf
old
do
you
suppose
this
child
is? Tendrd
j Por
unos
que las
probably
about
I wonder It had
why
old.
sold when all
nueve
me
desperte.
He
was
about
estudiado
la noche.
probably
studied
night.
LESSON
XXXI
113
179.
tense
The
Perfect with
the
of
the
Past
Definite.
The
perfect
been
used
to
of what
express
auxiliary has not it is so before because It is rarely used. the pluperfect after conjunctions of time, took something place immediately before
0 a
else. Cuando
I had
a.
Kube
liegad
I went
casa,
once
fui
to
en
seguida
room.
mi
cuarto.
When
got
The
home,
use or
at
nry
of
this
a a
tense
is often
avoided
by
the
use
of
the
past
definite Cuando
A I liegar
by
casa,
tense
prepositional phrase.
casa, etc. etc.
llegue
a
b.
In
this
the
past
it
separated "when,"
"as
soon
by
before here
the
iliary, aux-
meaning
etc.
Llegado 180.
are
que
casa,
etc.
When
I had
got
home,
Personal
Object.
When
to
both
and
the
object object
hi
COO!*
Allows
the
Stew.
181. found
etc.
Nunca
and double
that
the is
It was "never," "not ever." negative is the rule with nada, nadie, of the
a
jamas,
This
are
which
adverbs
nunca
and
jamas,
may,
after
negative
or
verb.
Thev
however,
No Nunca
a.
first in
sentence
en
clause.
he
estado he
(jamas)
en
)
"
Espana.
estado and
have
never
been
in
Spain.
Espana. jamas
are
)
translated after Did
more
Nunca
negative
jVio
Ahora Vd.
mas nunca
answers,
and
tal cosaf
nunca.
pecting ex-
que
Now
182. second of
Si and
two
no.
Si
and
no
are
used
or
in the ellipticaily
to
sentences
clauses,
avoid
the
repetitionof
114
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
En
terra
Espana
In
no
se
come
miicho
eat
por
much
si.
huevos, pero
Yo
no.
mi
no.
My
get
up
father
likes I
but
iSe
don't.
a.
tempranof
with
a
Do
you
early?
Used
follow.
no.
apart
Not
pronoun,
noun,
or
another
adverb, si
Todavia
no.
and
no
Ella
Not
she.
Mi
padre
no.
Not
my
father.
yet.
b.
Certain
no
si and
que
of
the
Supongo
que que
no.
si. I
I suppose
so.
Espero
Die
en
hope
say
not.
so.
que
si.
que
They
no.
Respondio
183.
He
answered
that
he
would
not.
Definite
before
a
Article.
noun
or
The
definite
article is used
a
in
noun pro-
Spanish
in
apposition with
in
You
a
personal
understood
Nosotros los
implied
We
. . .
verb-form.
have
. . .
espanoles.
Los
espanoles teneis
In
Spaniards. Spaniards
184.
address
sefior
and
senora
a
are
currently,often
the
name,
untranslatably, employed
before
or title,
of
profession.
Senor Sefior
Marques.
Presidente.
Marquis.
Mr. President,
185.
Traer,
"to
bring/'
For
conjugation see
544.
186.
a a a
Idiomatic.
espanola, in the
am
la la la
Spanish style.
American
eric ana,
in the in the
francesa,
French
style. style.
VOCABULARY. aceite,
m.,
olive-oil.
a, to
almuerzo,
get
have used
to. asar, to
lunch,
roast. meat,
noon
meal.
acoslumbrarse
almorzar,
(noon
lunch
asado,
came,
roast
f., meat.
LESSON
XXXI
115
cocido,
cocer, to
boiled boil
dish,
stew.
(see 508b, 519). cocina, cooking. to \componer {de), compose (see 538). (of), dine to (at night). comer,
m
common.
couple.
a, to
parecer ble.
look
like,
resem-
consistir
Iclarol
en,
to
consist sure!
of.
To
be
pimiento, pepper (the fruit). plato, plate, dish. (masc. plu.). postres, dessert
ensalada,
salad.
principio,
course.
beginning,
principal
frito, fried. frnta, fruit. garbanzos, chick-peas. huevo, egg. importancia, importance. de' los platos, lista, list;
"
sano,
so
healthy, wholesome.
soup.
to
pa,
suponer,
bill-
suppose
tomato.
(see 538).
tocino, bacon.
tomate,
m.,
of-fare.
mantequilla,
verdura,
greens.
EXERCISE
XXXI.
a.
iLlamo
sefior
amo.
Vd.,
D.
Eduardo?
saber
los
acerca
Si,
que
veces en
Deseaba
como en
de
las comidas.
lo
no comemos menos
Supongo
tres tanto
Espana,
al dia.
mafiana
no
demas
Claro
como
; pero
nosotros
los
por
la
Vds.
mas
los
que
Ingleses.
chocolate
Ordinariamente
con
(Por
y quilla. mante-
lo
comun)
Eso
por
tomamos
pan
esta
bien.
pero
No si
me me
he
acostumbrado
comer a su
nunca
tomar
mucho
la mafiana, La criada
gusta
temprano.
cuarto
a
le traera
el
desayuno
almuerzo?
y
comemos
la
hora
que
Vd.
es
la hora
a
del
Almorzamos
que
mediodia
las ocho
de
la noche.
consisten
se
las comidas
come un
aqui?
de huevos
y entonces
almuerzo 6
una
par
tortilla la
de
huevos,
de la
fruta. Al los
Para
comida el
noche
que
es
hay
carne
fritos
cocido
sigue
es
principio,
ensalada,
postres.
iQue
El
nacional
con
el cocido?
que
se
cocido,
de
llama
esta
tambien compuesto
olla
de
puchero,
cocida
es
el 6
plato
carne
tocino,
parece
mucho
la de
son
mi
pais, y
sanas.
me
parece
que
que
ha
mencionado
Vd.
comer
muy
a.
Lo
le
gustara
seguramente
la
espanola,
si
le
Il6
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
gustan
que
estos
los
platos
tres
preparados
comestibles
con
aceite,
mucha
pimientos importancia
tomate;
en
porla
tienen
cocina
espafiola.
b.
iCon
de
quien
que
hablando
el
extranjero?
^Acerca ^Donde
I I
I
preguntarle?
el
toman
espafioles
desayuno?
Quien
A A
que que que que
se
lo
hora hora
espafioles?
los de de la
nosotros
americanos?
?
iEn ";En
";Comen iComemos "jEn
";De
consiste consiste
desayuno desayuno
6 la
por
Vd.
los noche?
el
a
espafioles?
mas
mediodia
nosotros
por
noche de la
mas
tarde
que
los
espafioles?
que que
es
consiste
esta
la
comida
el
noche?
compuesto
cocido?
iQue
Ademas de
el del
principio?
de
cocido,
ique
otros
nombres
tiene
el
plato
nacionaT
Espafia?
En
la lista de los
platos
de
los
espafioles
";que
cosa
le
gusta
mas?
iMe
tengan
hace mucha
Vd.
el
favor
de la
mencionar cocina
algunos espanola?
Vd.
en
comestibles
que
en
sano?
Responda par?
las
tres
espanol.
un
llaman
comidas?
Prefiere
Vd.
modo
los
huevos
fritos,
Vd.
que
las
tortillas
? los
":De
que
prefiere
se
preparen
huevos?
LESSON
XXXII
117
LESSON
XXXII.
SYNOPSIS.
ARTICLE
"
definite, used
"
before
nouns
in
apposition
with
pronoun
(183)
ADJECTIVE
"
without
comparison
in
(174)
to
(167)
ends
of
to
s
NOUN PRONOUN
"
"
singular
names
things
express
vocab.
XXIX)
"
"
"
indirect personal, object ^interrogative, (176) cuyo relative, cuyo (176) indefinite, tal (171) "*^ the
(169)
VERB
"
"
"
tenses
use
"
(179) subjunctive (172) of tenses (178) take infinitive, preferir, alegrarse subjunctive or de, sistir aconsejar, dejar, permitir, prohibir (166) en,
past
of the hacer falta
definite
in-
"
parecer
and
(168)
"
irregular,
"
poner
538), (181)
valer
(545)"
traer
(544)
ADVERBS
comparison
nunca
(173-174)
"
and and
no
"
si
PREPOSITIONS" MISCELLANEOUS"
used
introduce
in address
clause
(165)
Senor
"Than
"
(184)
(175)
idiomatic
(171 a)
EXERCISE Turn
gay
as
XXXII.
Spanish.
of the steamer-rug.
was so
1.
The
2.
South.
are
not
so
bring
we
your
overcoat
We
need insisted
of
water.
before the
Do
to
get
back.
3.
John
by
stop in order
to
that train
Is
he
or
cab
you
should
prefer
a
travel
should floor?
like 6.
take their
dinner.
the
bath-room
a
In
great
the
upper 9.
to
deal
olive-oil. of
rooms
7. house.
There 8.
this
Give
need.
of
this
apartment
of the I could
heated
March.
ours. n.
10.
The
I
am
-proprietor
sure
boarding-house
never 12.
cousin
of
meat
some
that
get
In
used
eating
are a
at
breakfast
like
you
Americans.
13.
two
America
there of
extremely
and is
Do
us no
high buildings.
three
The,
of is
a
apartment which
restaurant
an
consists
on on
sitting-room
14.
bed-rooms,
know
for
open
the the of
court.
There
15.
kitchen, but
}^ou
there
you
ground
mine?
floor. 16.
that
semble re-
aunt
Let
suppose,
instance, that
Il8
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
you
not
have
to
just
at
received
telegram
Did hands. with
22.
as us
from
Germany.
your
night.
the lunch cellar.
soon
18.
you
20.
wash This
17. hands?
young
I told
19.
him The
child's
is the
21.
gentleman
janitor put thing never
for the
rived ar-
yesterday.
am sure
The
a
boxes
in
that
Mary
bed.
more
had
24. eggs
prepared
I do than
not
lessons
went
to
were
they have
to
^5)
me.
I needed
was
make
the
more
26.
Man
it cost
worth
time if
we
much
more
present
to-morrow
than is'
pesetas.
29. 30. you
weather.
the
31.
My
How
They nephew
much
cross
coming
that thanked other he
me
it
good
taken him! All that
never
said he
to
was
glad
for of 'the
not
had
I did
not
what
for 32.
me
to
are
the
side
station.
seem
the the
rooms was
worth What
outer to
to
34. of floor.
Thanks,
fruit. $7watch
smoke.
occupy
35. three
me
need
on a
is
an
36.
We
the
bring
minute. several
41.
such
39.
very
house.
my
My 38. Bring
I
saw
father it
that
should the
arrive
minutes addition
42. many
40. soup
put
the
food
pantry.
is salad
In
the
course,
there don't. is
a
and
dessert. how of
The
natives
garbanzos
but
44.
I It
43. business
I wonder
matter
families
little
importance.
LESSON
XXXIII.
187.
Hacer
in Time
an
Expressions.
of time
as
Hacer its
is used
with
the
'
expression
which
the
object,to
forward.
the had
point from
hacia
and
time
is reckoned
with has
a
a. or
Hace,
hard, used
time
verb
in
past
definite
or
pluperfect, express will have elapsed since Llego hace tin ano. Habia Uegado hacia Llego hard un ano.
b.
that
something
He
tin
took
a
elapsed, place.
ago.
elapsed,
arrived
ano.
year
He be
a
had
year
arrived since
a
It will
he
Hace,
or
hacia
and
express
hard, used
the time
on
with
verb
in the
future,
on,
during
which
been
been
going
had
been
going
or
will have
120
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
188.
a.
For
as
conjugation
the
see
536.
an
Oir
may
may
an
take
object
If the
which
a
take the I
object.
her
come
of
infinitive,
is
infinitive
noun,
it follows
infinitive. in.
La
vi
entrar.
sawr
see
comida
espahola.
should
like
to
Anoche
oi
ver
cantar
Caruso.
el cocido
a
Last
Voy
prepare
preparar
Maria.
sing. Mary
the
cocido.
189.
Todo,
of
-a,
-os,
-as,
"all,""every/*
be noted.
"whole.
"
The
following uses
a.
todo
should
In
the
definite Tod b. of
article and
Jiombre les the
os
in the plural with the a or singular before noun, of todo is translated time, expression "every.'' an debe saberlo.
To do
Every
definite whole." I have
man
should
know
it.
meses.
Every
In
singular with
is translated he
expression
(all) day.
time, todo
Todo
c.
"the
el dia
trabajado.
worked
a
the
pronoun
so
whole
The
meaning
is
erything." "ev-
used
accompanied
by the
Todo Se
neuter
es
Everything
I told him lo sabe. This
is beautiful. knows
lo
dije todo.
Jiombre
everything.
man
Este
everything.
190. used of
a
Impersonal
an
Verbs. pronoun
with
indirect
An
clause.
me es
No
posible ir.
how
It is not
to
go.
191.
noun
Note
the
use
noun
to
modify
See
sopa,
another
is avoided
in the
following phrases.
cuchiHo de
55
a.
mesa,
table-knife.
soup-spoon,
cuchara
para
drawer.
absent.
m.,
agrio, sour.
aparador,
armario,
sideboard.
sugar.
wardrobe,
LESSON
XXXIII
121
manera,
manner;
de
"
que,
so
that
,
(with
m.,
subjunctive).
table-cloth. show
mantel,
mevcado,
mosirar,
de
vaca,
beef. condiment.
market.
to
condimento,
convidado,
(R-ch. I).
invited
guest
(plu.
necesario,
necessary.
company).
cordero,
cortar,
to
pataia, potato.
lamb.
cut. m.,
pepper
(the
corredor, cuchara,
spice).
spoon
(large).
polio, chicken.
queso,
eucharilla, teaspoon.
cuchillo, knife. dulce,
sweet
cheese.
m.,
roast-beef.
dy).
ecliar, to
estante,
pour,
m.,
tea.
m.,
shelf.
tenedor,
tern era,
fork.
veal.
m.,
vinagre,
vino,
EXERCISE
XXXIII.
no
vinegar.
wine.
a.
Hombre,
Vd. mi
hasta
a casa a
me
parece
que
llegara
nunca
la
hora
de
la
comida.
iTiene
Si.
que
me a
tanta
hambre?
acostumbramos
J
a no comer a
En
pais
las
las
seis de
me
aqui hay
la comida, llamaron
esperar
ocho. cinco
Ayer,
y
sabiendo
y
la hora
volvi
ccmer,
las
media,
estaba
cuando
al
fin
hacia
i
dos
que
a no
horas
que
esperando.
llame ?
b.
Por
viniste llamar.
que
cuando
No Me
la oi has
Vd.
cJ^c^*-'.
a es
dicho
quieres aprender
convidados
estara y
poner
la
que
en
mesa. nos
Pues
bien,
a a
esta y
me a es
roche Rosa.
tenemos
preciso
el dia
carne
mi mi
Ella
ocupada
a
todo
comprar
la
y
necesario
es
ir al mercado la mesa, lo
te
que
quiero
que
veces
pongas
a
mejor
que
puedas.
hallaras
que este
hacerlo
que
varias
Rosa,
enseiiare
donde
necesites.
a
Si
deseas
instrucciones
mientras
ausente,
pideselas
Esta
tenta
Rosa.
mama.
bien
Tratare
de
hacerlo
de
manera
que
este
con-
un
que
y
llevar
todo
esto
en
la cocina. del
Entonces
corredor.
en
busca
ocho
para
servilletas vino
y
el armario
para
Los
este
platos
otro
las
tazas
cafe, hallaras
estan
armario.
las
En
el
cajon
para
del
sopa
aparador
y
los
y
cuchillos, los
las cucharillas.
tenedores,
cucharas
para
servir,
I22
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
En
me
el
estante
volvere Al
c.
hay luego.
sal, pimenton
estara
vinagre.
Me
voy
ahora,
pero
volverse
Vd., todo
listo. Vd.
esta
en
iCuanto
?
tiempo
hace ha
hace
que
esta
escuela
(univerclase?
sidad)
AiCuanto
;Cuantas
tiempo
cuando cuando
en
que
estudiamos
espanol
en
esta
lenguas
no
estudiado ha
Vd. ? Vd.
?
^Cuales
aleman
son? 6
^Desde
;
estudiado
frances?^-?*^
de
no
Desde
entrar
estudiamos
la escuela ";cuanto
espanol
Al
(octubre) pasado,
iCuantos
d.
i Con que que
se
el
mes
septiembre
habia
diado? estu-
Vd.
minutos
que
se
hace
corta
a
este
edificio?
la
la boca?
las
para
cucharas?
poner
la
mesa?
iEn
sarios
que
sirve los
la carne? comestibles
. .
":el vino?
que
iCuales
para
le
parecen
Vd.
mas
nece-
la vida?
le gusta mas Vd. ? a ,:Que clase de carne todos? ";Que condimentos empleamos bebidas beben se en iQue Espafia? ^aqui? echa el vino? se iDe donde dulce? mas iCual es el condimento ":el mas necesario? agrio? "jelmas dice en the se iComo espanol: "Please pass
fuerte?
";elmas
salt"?
LESSON
XXXIV.
Adjectives.
its
noun as or
Position.
names case a
if it
the
noun,
in the
of
snow,"
"black
ink,"
Emphasis
an figurativeuse may also cause adjective Some noun. adjectives regularly have one when they precede and another they follow.
white
poor
snow;
una
un
casa
blanca,
white
man
house.
boy;
hombre
una
pobre,
cierta,
poor
erally). (litthing.
certain
things;
cosa
an
assured
LESSON
XXXIV
123
193.
Grande
and the
noun
santo.
Grande,
it
means
"great," follows
Meaning syllablebefore
size.
un una a.
when it
"great,"
a
precedes,
or
and
lose
its final
masculine
feminine
muchacho
gran
grande,
casa,
a
(de)
great
house. the
name
Santo,
Saint
male
una
San
used "holy," "blessed," when last its loses syllable. generally santa mujer, a saintly woman. Juan, St. John.
before
of
194. Otro it
Otro,
its
-a,
-os,
-as,
"other"
/'another/' "others.''
Used
as an
is both
pronoun
noun.
and
adjective.
indefinite
or
adjective
be used it precedes.
precedes
it.
The
a
article may of
not
with
Used
with
numeral
adverb
quantity
book.
otro
libro, another
book;
el otro
libro, the
other
another. Trdigame otro. Bring me the others. Trdigame los otros. Bring me I have Tengo otros muchos, otros dos. many el otro the other day. dia,
others, two
others.
194
A. and
Cada,
as an a
"each," "every."
Cada
noun.
is
invariable
in
form,
associated
cada
a.
with
casa,
It is often
each
pronoun
dos
casas,
every
uno
two
or
As
a una con
is associated
with
Cada
Hable of the
{cual)
cada
cual
las
of
girls.
with
each
I talked
pupils.
195.
pero
to
a
Sino,
introduce
"if
a
not," "but."
Sino
is used that
instead
of
with
No but
on a.
is contrasted
es
al contrario he is and
es
bastante
rico.
He
is not
poor,
the
No
quite wealthy.
a
sino dies
0
verb
may
mean
"only"
or
"except."
madre. I
No No have
no
tengo tengo
money
diner
sino
ten
pesetas. dies
pesetas
I have
but
que
(only)
me
ten
pesetas.
me.
pesetas
which
did
gave
mi
except
mother
124
SPiVNISH
GRAMMAR
196.
"to
Dar
is often
used
in
idioms
with
the
meaning
strike."
Est
Le No
an
dando dado
con
las
ya
dos.
It is
striking
him
two.
gHan
di
me
las once? I
Has don't
yet?
umbrella. notion
el paraguas. da la gana.
I struck
(Lit., The
doesn't
strike
me.) The
a
197.
Aun.
adverb
aun
is
equivalent
and
an
to
todavia,
with and it
means
a
meaning
'"still" in
positive sentence,
a
"yet"
accent
it follows
two
verb As
it bears
a
is
syllables.
conjunction
tenemos
no
,-
timecome.
ha if
He
aun
has
not
yet
a
Llegaremos
time,
even we
tiempo,
go
on
yendo
pie.
We
shall
get
there
on
foot.
198.
d ver,
Idiomatic.
see.
let's
ganas,
por feel
eso,
on
that
account.
tener
to
like.
jde
de de ocho
care.
que
otra esta
manera?
manera,
manera,
a a
way?
way. way.
de de No No
buena mala
gana, gana,
gladly. unwillingly.
matter.
me
No import a. importa.
me me. on
dias,
week.
I don't
quince dias,
the
tener
fortnight.
to
Lo
por
mismo
same
da. this
It's all
puesto,
una a
have al
on.
to
cchar
account.
carta
correo,
to
esto,
"mail"
letter.
VOCABULARY. apurarse,
to
be
worried,
(d),
start
m.,
automobile.
letter-box.
bed.
(see 510).
campo,
country,
field.
tobacco-store.
centimo,
cerrar,
to
peseta,
shut
(R-ch. I).
inclination.
to
cortes, polite.
correo,
importar,
bill.
be
to
of make
importance,
a
matter,
ence. differ-
cuenta,
LESSON
XXXIV
125
importe, etc.).
invitar
m.,
amount
(of
bill,
(a),
to
invite
cause;
(to).
con
"
motivo,
motive,
de,
at
all.
worst.
envelope,
wrapper.
EXERCISE
a.
en
XXXIV.
\ Levantese,
hombre
";Va Vd.
quedar
todo
el
santo
dia
la cama?
Dejeme
No
nos es
Carlos. temprano
a
Aun
es
temprano. tarde
en
sino
pasar
con
bastante el dia
; y
casa
Vd.
de
sabe
campo
bien de
que
su
Juan tio,
y
ha
invitado
a
la
que
viene
buscarnos ! ir. la
el automovil.
por
Si, ; caramba
tengo^ganas
de
Lo
olvidaba
complete
para sol
ver
Verdaderamente
si hace
en
no
Abra
ventana
la ventana
y
buen
tiempo.
Aun
(Carlos
en
abre muchos
es
el
entra
con
abundancia.
el
verano
espanoles
no
duermen
las ventanas
cerradas.)
pero
El
no
dia
magnifico
mi
me
quiere ir, a
Si quiero.
antes.
(Hace un importa.
le
tiempo
Iremos
no,
aun
magnifico),
otro
si Vd.
dia.
suefio.
para
Cuando
dije
que
tenia el agua
Me
mi
visto
y
cuanto
Digale
Rosa
que
prepare
bano,
que
traiga
Todavia
el chocolate.
no;
";Han
traido Vd.
el dos
periodico?
cartas y
pero
aqui
y
tiene
El
carta
con
cartero
las
ha azul
traido
ahora
mismo.
;De
tal. posesta
el sobre mi
que
el sello
extranjero?
desde
ver
De
pobre
no se
primo.
encuentre
Esta
enfermo
A
hace
que
Espero
carta y
peor.
lo
dice.
la
lee).
Querido
dia
me
Enrique;
mejor
carta
...
Voy
sera
empezar
mi
carta
diciendole
que
siento
otra
Esta
dias
de de
mi
su
sastre, quien
cuenta.
me no es
escribe nada
cada
cortes.
dos
pidiendome
No
se
el por
importe
eso.
Y
este
apure
Estoy
que
rico
en
de
buena
gana
la cantidad
le hace
De
mi
sobrina
Luisa, quien
su
me
felicita
por
(con
motivo
de)
mi
cumpleanos.
I Cuando
fue
cumpleanos?
lo sabia. Creo
Ayer.
j Hombre
no
Que
tener
Vd.
los
tenga
para
siempre
felices.
a
Muchas
gracias.
tiempo
responder
estas
126
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
cartas
antes
que
";Tiene Vd.
de cinco las
cartas
sellos
de
correo
de
quince
centimos No
tengo
mismo
centimos.
.
Lo
calle de b.
Echaremos
al
correo
al
pasar
por
la
Carretas.
escribir
una
de
a
carta
ponemos
en
el sobre de
un
selio
si deseamos del
enviarla
de los
cualquier
poner
un
otro
punto
de
pais.
6
Para
que
en
sello los
veinticinco
como en
centimos.
compran
correos.
Espafia
los de
c.
en
estancos,
aqui,
donde
para
a
en
la
oficina
echar al
correo.
de las
En
y
estancos
hay
sacan
buzones los
a
podemos
llevarlas
cartas,
donde
las
carteros
iQuien
van
viene
a a
despertarle
el dia?
a
Enrique?
y
a
I Donde
pasar
iQuien
";De
que cuya
viene
manera casa
buscar
Enrique
van
van
Carlos?
(modo)
de
que campo
al
a
campo?
pasar
iEn
i Sabe
el dia? duermen
con
Vd.
por
los
espanoles
frio de la
las
ventanas
cerradas?
temen
nos
el viento
trae
noche.
las de le
cartas? las
trae
ademas
cartas
eran
cartas?
cartero
a
trajo el
las
Enrique?
quienes
cartas?
a
pidio el
a
sastre
Enrique?
el
que
";Le escribe
menudo le ha
a
el sastre?
pagado
joven?
no se
Enrique
le presta
comprar
apurase
con
motivo
de
la
cuenta
?
";Cuanto
dinero
Carlos
los
su
amigo?
de correo?
una
I Donde
podemos
es
sellos
en
"iDe
ipara
cuanto
el
sello de la
que
nuestro
ponemos
carta
para
Espafia? ide
cualquier punto
pais?
de
correos
iEn
Madrid?
que
calle
esta
oficina
de
esta
ciudad?
iQuien iCuando
I Cuanto
hizo
es
el
traje
de
que
su
Vd.
tiene
puesto?
de
un
el dia
un
cumpleanos
sastre
Vd.
pide
modo
empezo
buen
por
cartas
^De iHa
que
enviamos
las
a
de
,;Cuando
dado
Vd.
estudiar
espanol?
dara
ya
la una?
iQue
hora
de pocos
minutos?
128
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Subjunctives. clauses expressive of uncertainty alternative There are many contain two or indefiniteness,which subjunctives. The first may generallybe explained as a sort of imperative, the The whole second an as imperative or an adjectiveclause. alternative adverb clause expression is an modifying the
201.
two
Adverbial
Clauses
with
verb
of the main
clause.
Digan
Llueva
not, that
we
lo que
go
to
quieran, me
-morrow.
ire mafiana.
Let
them Whether
say
what
they
or
will, I shall
6 shall
que,
no
llucva, llegaremos
on
tiempo.
it rain
arrive
time. 6
no
lloviese,llegariamos a tiempo. He it rained on not. we time, whether or Cueste lo que costare (cueste), lo neeesito y lo comprare. it may, I need it and I shall buy it. what ricos 6 sean Sean Be they rich or pobres, etc. (be they) Dijo
should arrive
etc.
lloviese
said
Cost
poor,
Impersonal
of
nature
are
Verbs.
Verbs
that and
describe
acts
of
ing consequently lackof their in most commonly found only in the infinitive, the third and present and past participles, are singular of each tense. : Among the commonest person "to snow," (R-ch. I), Hover, "to rain/' (R-ch. I), nevar, helar, "to freeze," (R-ch. I), relampaguear, "to lighten," "to thunder," tronar, (R-ch. I), anochecer, "to become "to dawn," "to become night," (see 513), and amanecer, morning" (see 513).
203.
Collective
verb in the
their
Nouns.
Collective
nouns
generally
In
summer
take
rich
singular.
rica
va a
En
el verano,
go
to
la gente
su
casa
de
campo.
folks
country
houses.
204. exclamations is
Indefinite
Article
omitted
a
in
exclamations.
In
omitted, and
/Que
niha
mas
mas
is inserted
What What
a
the
adjective.
bonita!
pretty
jQue gente
tan
simpdtica!
charming
people!
LESSON
XXXV
T29
205.
see
Andar,
525.
"to
go," "move,"
is used is
"travel." of
ir when
For
no
tion conjugadefinite
Andar
instead
or
object
El
Los
Andar
or
destination
anda
con
expressed
velocidad.
implied.
train
go
to
some
tren
mucha
The
travels
very
fast.
omnibus
a
andan To
pie.
walk
Omnibuses
slowly.
other
means
of
locomotion).
206.
tardar
en,
Idiomatic.
to
be
long,
at
to
take
caballo,
on
horseback. the
open
to
long.
_
al de
fresco,
nn a
in
air.
a
principios
of mediados middle of
de
julio, July.
enero,
the
ginning be-
dar
paseo,
take
walk
(or
about the dar
una
ride).
vuelta,
to
de
take
turn
January.
marzo,
(short
toward the
walk).
fines
end of
March.
VOCABULARY.
alguno
other.
que
otro,
some
...
or
mar,
m.,
sea.
montaha,
air. shower.
mountain.
aire,
m.,
aguaccro,
drool, m., tree. below. bajo, prep., banos, bathing resort bianco, white. caballo, horse.
black, negro. negro, nieve, f., snow. nube, f., cloud. objeto, object.
(plu.).
paraguas,
m., to
umbrella take
a
pas
ear
se,
walk
(or
ride).
paseo,
a
Castilla, Castile.
ccro,
zero. vez en
walk
stone.
(or
ride).
piedra,
cnando,
postpone,
from time
to
de
puro,
raro,
pure.
rare.
time.
diferir,
ch.
to
defer
(R-
sin
II).
air,
estio, mid-summer. fresco, fresh, cool, fresh f., people, folks. gente, grado, degree, grade. hacienda, farm, estate.
hielo, ice, frost.
temperatnra,
temperature.
tempeslad,
termometro,
f!,thunder-storm.
thermometer.
tierra, earth, land, country. f., velocity, speed. velocidad, seller. vcndedor,
fill.
I30
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
EXERCISE
a.
:
XXXV. anda
este
Con
cuanta
velocidad
automovil
(iQue
de
gustado
pero
andar todo
de
en
prisa,
me
gusta
pasearme
sobre
automovil.
";Cuanto hace
en
la hacienda
Hace
de
su
tio ? distancia ?
se
bastante
puro,
y
pero
no
tardaremos
llegar.
del
este
j Que
aire
mas
verdad
Si,
I Sabe
"
sin
Vd.
estaran
mas
muriendo
en
calor. ? los
arboles
y
campo
no
En
Mire
Castilla de
vez
hay sino
tener
Vd.
tierra
piedras.
altas.
parece
Arboles
montarias
"
No
le
que
vamos
lluvia?
Es
agosto.
Pero
cuarto
posible.
Las
que
no
tempestades
sea mas
no un
son
raras
mediados
pronto dentro
de
pase.
Espero
llueva de 6 hora todos 6
sea en a
que
aguacero y
que
no,
tenemos
paraguas,
llegaremos
de
un
la hacienda. los la tarde, espanoles les gusta pasearse por andar de Los que no otra pueden manera de el sol en tomar es objeto de este paseo
en sea
b.
a
caballo
a
coche.
andan invierno
pie.
y
El
el
el
en
fresco
el
verano,
de
saludar hasta
se
los
conocidos.
Claro
cer.
es
que esta
el estio las
difieren
y y
hora de
agua
aceras
llenan
gente,
mucho sociedad
que
los
que
vendedores
hacer
fresca
de
heladas la lo
son su
tienen alta
pero
casa mar.
entonces.
Las
familias
componen
que
no
de
Madrid,
las familias
a
ricas, y muchas
quieren
campo
principios de
de los
junio
para
de
6
a mas
otro
muchos
bafios
no
de
Se
vuelven
fines
de
septiembre 6 cuando
tengan
(tuvieren)
prefiere Vd. pasearse? (manera) iDe que modo de Castilla? sorprende en el campo iQue nos iQue hay alii si no hay arboles? los arboles pues? iDonde se encuentran tenemos tempestades aqui? iEn que meses
I
Tenemos
tempestades
en
en
el
mes
de
diciembre?
ique
tenemos
pues? iNieva
"Ha
abril?
mucho
";que
este
hace
pues?
";esta lloviendo ahora?
llovido
afio?
illovera
hoy?
iesta
nevando?
LESSON
XXXVI
131
iLe iQue
cero?
parece
que
el
hielo indica
sobre la
debe
ser
barato
?
en
temperatura
el
el termometro
cero?
icuantos
grados
color de
iCual
que
trae
es
nieve?
";del pizarron?
nube
lluvia?
iAndan
;
despacio los
van mas a
trenes
americanos?
los
donde
fines de
Mayo
madrilefios
los
ricos?
iAndan
j Agua
de !
f resca
automoviles?
LESSON
XXXVI.
SYNOPSIS.
ARTICLE
"
indefinite,
omitted
in
certain
exclamations
(204)
(193)
ADJECTIVE"
NOUN PRONOUN
and
santo
"
agreement
(203) (a)
(b)
(1)
personal
subject
position
ethical
forms
of
nos
and
vos
(c) (2)
VERB
"
(199 a) (199 b)
indefinite,
use
todo
(189),
(194),
cada
(194 A)
reciprocal
"
of with
reflexive
(200)
impersonal, subjunctive
hacer andar cir dar
aun
indirect
of
object
natural
(190)
phenomena (adverb (202) clauses), (201)
descriptive
in
alternative
expressions
in
time
expressions 525)
(196)
(187)
(205, (188,
in
536)
idioms
ADVERB" MISCELLANEOUS"
(197)
idiomatic
(198,
instead
206)
of
nouns as
phrases
modifiers
(191)
EXERCISE
Turn peseta;
XXXVI. hundred
costs
me a 2.
Spanish. consequently if
into
pay
a
1. a
There
of
are
centimos peseta
in and
me
a a a
bottle
wine
hundred
eggs
and and
a
fifty centimos
cup
it.
Bring
rrlan
of
fried
of
tea.
3.
helps the
book-case
to
me.
himself.
is
a
4.
On
the
upper Ask
shelf
Rosa
to
or
of
in
5.
the
I
to
reading book.
whether
bring it
boiled. Castile.
potatoes,
this
(be
to
a
they)
small
fried
town
6.
wish
postal
card
in
How
much
I32
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
it
cost
me? 8. Last
more
7.
This
dish
we
is dined
10.
composed
in Have that
one
of
open
sugar,
butter,
9.
seen
eggs
and
milk. somewhat
11.
night
the
air.
never no
Walk the
(go)
sea? in the
slowly.
me was corner
you
were
a
What
12.
surprised
On
to every
there finds
automobiles
13.
streets.
man
letter-box.
14.
Every
all last
ought
15. 16.
know have
how
not
to
boil
potatoes.
It the
two
snowed
most
week.
bought
and
to
anything
St.
except
were
necessary
things.
17. Does
St.
matter
Joseph
much
John
18. of
very
holy
is much
not
a
men.
it
19.
you?
minutes
Mr. nine.
21.
Fernandez
20.
great
time
doctor. do in about
24. you
It
lacks
to
22.
twenty
in
How
were
intend
spend
A
the
country?
of
23.
my
They
me
long
him
returning.
the end asked 25. these the
friend
mine What
invited
a
to
visit
of
me
February.
to
pretty
until
foreign
the is
to
stamp.
of
you
She
postpone
departure
instructions
December.
to
The
object
well. 26.
at not
of
these In
do
things
27.
the cloud
29.
people
tunately Forfish
leave
city.
all
Look
do
ate.
the send
sky.
their
tailors I
ever
This
it I
is the
too.
worst
30.
Every
will
on or
that
it thunders
32.
lightens
did
not
or
31.
Do
you
think I
was
it
to-night?
road
not
on
know
not.
see
whether
33.
{si)
the not, is
so
right
we
to
the be
post-office
34.
Whether
it freeze 35.
you
shall
snow
Let's
that
calendar.
There be
always
kind
as no
mountains
yonder.
3'j. there it make
a
36.
would
Will do it
to
packages?
you
willingly
near
but
I have where
stamps,
I
can
know,
Does
we
is
no
tobacco-store difference
or
here
you
buy
with
you
very
them.
38.
any
to
whether 39.
(que
have is door
not
subjunctive)
your
take
40.
ride
me
go
to
walk? fork.
at
Why
one
best
hat
41.
on? The
Bring
have
you
another been
This
the
guests
don't
waiting
and slice
44.
we see
outer
for
open
five
Why May
absent
ones.
go
down
(a
of
with
infinitive)
43.
give
for 45. him
you
a
another
ham? all
My
from
mother
been
fortnight.
May
each
tree.
your
birthdays
time thermometer and
to
happy 46.
indicates
tierra
49.
saw
the
The
eight
degrees
each have
48. they
it has do
The
not
pais, campo
the
once. same
resemble
other,
been
thing.
Since
we
not
rained
LESSON
XXXVII
133
LESSON
XXXVII.
there is a complete Theoretically forms sist conpassive conjugation of the verb (see 503), whose the past and forms of the auxiliary ser of the various of the. verb to be conjugated. The participle past participle is inflected with the subject in like an adjective to agree gender and number. 207. Passive Voice.
Soy
Hemos
querido.
sido ninas After
son
am
olvidados.
Las
a.
castigadas. The
girls are
passive verb, "by" is generally expressed is not expressed by de if the action described
a
Los
Hemos
ninos sido
our
son
castigados
de
por
nuestros
el
maestro.
The
We
children have
amigos.
been
gotten for-
by
208.
Passive
Absolute
Construction.
An
inflected
past
is often or participleagreeing with a noun pronoun found taking the place of a passive verb introduced by a conjunction (after,when, since, etc). temporal or concessive constructions Such stand first in the sentence. past participle
Hecho
esio.
When
los
this As
had
been the
as
done.
lesson
Aprendida
Facturados
la leccion. baules.
After
soon
had
trunks
been had
learned. been
the
checked.
tion Participle. In a construcis used similar to the passive, estar as auxiliary very inflected past participle. This is not instead of ser, with an not true act a an passive, since it expresses, performed, but in which the condition something (somebody) is found.
209.
Estar
with
the
Past
Esta
habitacion
a
estd
mal
calentada.
This
room
is poorly
heated
(i.e.,in
a.
poorly
the
es
heated
condition).
true por act
Compare
habitacion
following
calentada
laid
on
passive.
la of
La
chimenea.
The
room
is
heated
by
fireplace.
(Stress
is
the
heating.)
134
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
210.
Reflexive
Substitute
for
the
Passive.
The
true
If passive is really little used except in the past tenses. flexive instead, an active verb, or a repossible the Spaniard uses The substitute. stitute simplest type of this reflexive subis that already mentioned in 79 b. When that which is acted of the the upon
El
upon
is
an
inanimate agrees
se,
object,it subject is
becomes
the
subject
verb, which
itself.
with the
it in number.
reflexive
object
se
espanol
in
habla
se
en
Espana.
en
Spanish
Euro pa.
Muehas
lengaas
hablan
spoken
a.
Europe.
this
the
the
substitute (so-called because personal reflexive reflexive verb has an be exexpressed subject), the agent may pressed with the true as passive. El espanol se habla Spanish is spoken by por los espanoles. Spaniards.
With
211.
Impersonal
an
Reflexive
Substitute
for
the
sive. Pas-
When
it is made the
animate indirect
being is represented as acted upon, object of the reflexive verb, which is impersonal. The indirect object may
With this construction
no
pronoun.
agent
be
me
se
expressed.
dice.
te
cree. a
am
told.
are
to
me.)
believed. children
were
Se Se
and
your
castigo
biisca
a
ninos.
y
a
The
punished.
are
su
hermano.
They
looking
for
you
brother.
It
_
is
often
muy
muy
possible
bien.
bien.
to
express
an
English
passive
in
three
Spanish.
tratado
trataron
me
)
"
"
was
very
well
treated.
Se
trtto
muy
bien.
or
may
Dejar. Already used in the sense "to allow,''dejar, when followed by de "to leave off," or "to fail to." mean
No
your
212.
of and
an
"to leave,"
infinitive
dejar c de
seguir
sus
instrucciones.
que
I shall
ausente.
not
fail to Don't
low folleave
instructions.
este
off
I36
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
(a title). doctor, Doctor to doler, ache, pain, hurt, (RI). dolor, ache, pain, grief durante, prep., during.
ch.
limb. mlembro, member, oido, hearing (the sense). peligro, danger. perder, to lose (R-ch. I). pulso, pulse.
enccndido,
flushed. enicro,
inflamed,
heated,
rccado,
receta,
message.
entire, whole.
stomach.
estomago,
estornudar, to sneeze. cxccsivo, excessive, extreme. horrible, terrible, horrible. mandar, marido,
mledo,
save. salvar, sufrir, to suffer, to bear. telefono, telephone. telefonar, to telephone. tos, f., cough. toser, to cough.
EXERCISE
a.
(Da.
he
Manuela
a
es
el Da.
un
ama
una
casa
huespedes.)
siento diciendo
muy que
La Desearia
no
llamado
que
se
Vd.
porque
malo.
mandase
lo
despacho
hoy
podre
Se
Me
ir.
en
Se
agradecere iQue
infinite.
tiene
hara duele
seguida.
excesivamente.
a
Vd. ?
":Le duele
capa,
y antes
la
cabeza? de
Ayer
y
creo
sali sin
que
con me
llegar cogido
miemHe
a un
la oficina
empezo
Hover,
constipe (que
en
he los
resfriado).
y
Me
acoste y
anoche
dolores
todos la
bros,
he casi
tosido toda la
que
mucho dormir.
durante
noche.
pasado
I No
quiere
No
una
taza
de
te
de
caldo?
Gracias.
tengo
cerca
de
aqui algun
un
medico? llamare
Ninguno
por
en
bueno;
tardara
pero
consultar
y
medico, siempre
Vd. !
no
telefeno
casa en no
al nuestro, diez
Fernandez,
en
si estuviere
(esta)
hace
es sus
llegar, pues
tiene
visitas
automovil. solamente de
Pero
un
Vd.
me
tendra acuerdo
nada. bien
\ Hombre
j Que
la ultima Durante
enfermedad
un
pobre
Los
marido. del
Aquello
corazon
si fue
y
horrible.
aho
enfermo
de mejores la ciudad de salvarle, y se trataron le dio muchos remedios, pero todo sin resultado. Hacia Se murio el afio pasado. mucho tiempo habia casi oido. el Lo peor perdido es ya completo que por que el pobre tenia tanto miedo de morir.
del
estomago.
Sufrio
agudos
dolores.
medicos
Pero
ique
estoy
haciendo?
Si
no
dejo
de
hablar
de
enferme-
LESSON
XXXVII
137
dades
y
va
Vd.
ponerse
peor.
Voy
corriendo
telefonar
al
despacho
al
medico.
(El
I
treme
medico
le la
que
no
entra
despues
caballero? Bastante
el
cosa
de
un
rato.)
tomarle Vd.
100
Que
Vd.
pasa,
Dejeme
sucia.
el
la
pulso.
cara
Mues-
lengua.
indica
sera
tiene
encendida. tiene
en un
A
tura,
ver
lo pero
termometro.
grados.
Vd.
cama,
calenpar
receta
de Mande
cuidado. Vd.
una
Guardando
de
en
dias
se
pone y
bueno. dele al
pero
Sra.
ama,
preparar
esta tres
la'botica,
debe
para b.
comer
enfermo dele
esta
cada
horas.
por
No tarde
hoy,
como
agua
pida.
entonces, ama?
Vuelvo
pues.
la
ver
lo ha
se causa
pasando.
D.
1 Para
que
Jose
,;Desde
cuando fue la
malo?
constipado
ama?
que
ha
cogido?
quiere
le ha
que
va no
traerle duele
a
D.
la
Jose?
noche
tomar
en
pasado
quiere
Manuela
? nada?
Por
Se
Da.
seguida
telefonar
al
despacho?
,:que
hace
pues?
iQue
^;De
I Cree
le
que
recuerda murio
su
la
enfermedad
de
su
marido?
marido?
sea
Vd.
que
le
interesante de
la
D. sefiora?
Jose
oir
hablar
de
las
enfermedades
I I
marido
mucho
en
buena de
entra
Tarda
dejar
cuando
el
en
hablar? ?
que
"
Que
el
;Cuanto
I Cuantos
tiempo
dias
se
enfermo
ponerse
guardar
? medicos?
a
cama?
bueno de
que
;D6nde
I Como i Como
;
las
recetas
los
curan
se se
hombres
los
enfermos
enfermedad
de
D.
Jose?
Tiene
miedo
peor
de
manana
morir?
que le
":Estara
;
hoy?
recado
a su
Quiere
Vd.
que
de
lo
algun
que
amigo
resfriado? 6
no me
cuando
le
vea?
r;Se
I No
acuerda
me
Vd.
de 6
quiere
el
decir
oye
Vd.,
ha
perdido
oido,
entiende?
138
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON
XXXVIII.
VOCABULARY. alma,
soul.
anterior, fore, anterior. arteria, artery. barba, chfn, beard. brazo, arm. bigote, m., moustache.
calvo, bald. cerebro, brain.
inferior.
intestinos, intestines.
one-armed.
medula
person. person.
mover
contener,
to
contain
(see 543).
crdnec, skull.
(sense of).
anular, ring-finger.
del del
middle finger. corazon, pie, toe. dedo indice, index finger. dedo menique, little finger. dedo pulgar, thumb. dedo pulgar del pie, big toe. diente, m., tooth. to digerir, digest (R-ch. II). encarnado, red. ders). espalda, back (in plu., shoul-
palma, palm. pecho, breast, chest. pelo, hair. pierna, leg. planta, plant, sole. posterior, hinder, rear, back. pulmones, lungs. fist, hand-writing. puno, respiracion, f., breathing. respirar, to breathe.
sangre,
f., blood.
tree).
column.
vein. stomach.
gordo,
fat,
taste
stout.
vientre, belly,
vital, vital.
XXXVIII.
r;En
que
se
iComo
humano?
cuerpo?
,;Cuantos
This
lesson
may
be
omitted
if desired.
LESSON
XXXVIII
139
se son se
llaman
los
los
organos
miembros vitales
con
que
andamos?
principales?
del
llama
la
parte
de el
exterior
la
tronco
cuerpo?
";la parte
";la
inferior
mano
":la parte
interior
esta entre
mano?
y
del
que
pie?
contiene
i
ila parte
la
que
la
que
cabeza? contiene
de
ila
el
parte
medula de
espinal?
la cara?
"jla parte
";la parte ";la parte
cerebro?
la
parte
superior
del
y
inferior
la
cara?
";la ":la
parte
tronco?
del
posterior
del
tronco?
parte
superior
nombre cubre
tronco?
el
del el
pelo
que
cubre
la
cabeza
1 que
cubre
la
barba?
;que
que esta
labio la
superior?
cabeza?
que
":De
i Como
cubierta al nunca?
un no
hombre
ha
perdido
que
no no
el
uso
de sino
los
ojos,
que que
no
visto
,jal hombre
brazo? tiene mudo? el
uso
tiene
oye
un.ojo? ^al
que
,;al
no
solamente
"jal
de i'un
que
bien?
anda
";al
que
la
lengua?
";un
iQue
tuerto?
i I
cojo?
iun
sordo?
manco?
"un
iun
ciego?
se
Como Para ?
puede
sirven
conocer
al
hombre
fuerte?
que
los
pulmones?
^los labios
la
lengua?
;los
miisculos
iPor
I Cual
donde
es
corre
la de cinco
sangre?
la
sangre ?
el
son
color
los
todos
son
sentido
organos
los organo
":del oido?
?
"idel tacto?
el
de
habla
(palabra)
idel
gusto?
;del
iCon
I Para
;
cual
que
de
los el
las
organos
digerimos
? vitales?
lo
"
que
comemos
sirve
cerebro
estan
partes
la
iDe
;
viene Vd.
el
voz? de mencionar
los
Me ?
favor
nombres
de
los
cinco
dedos
I
Como
se
llaman
y
los
huesos
de
y
la
boca
su
"rEs gordo
,;C6mo
Y el
se
fuerte
debil
delgado
hermano
de
Vd.
llama
"
esto? esta?
alma,
donde
i-10
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON
XXXIX.
216. article is
Omission
more
of
Indefinite in
The
definite It is
meaning
in
note
English
article. of
a
consequently
where should rule
a a
omitted
general
The
to
nature,
English
such
cover
used.
student make
to to
a
omissions,
all
cases.
possible it is im-
which
will
tener
iener
barb a,
have have
beard.
beau.
to
medico,
casa, casa, to to
to
become for
a
novio,
para
a
estudiar
for
estar
abogado,
be
on
study
a
look take
house.
lawyer.
house.
de
visita,to
visit.
Verbs verbs
in in
-uir.
For
see
the
conjugation
of
concluir
-uir,
523.
218. and
Concluir,
in
so means
"to far
conclude,'' is
as
synonym
of
acabar
terminar,
it
means
It also
is decidir
a.
"to in the
to,"
the "to
Used
passive meanings
have
He
we
"to
end."
Vd.f
be
gone,"
"to
be
all
over,"
come
to
an
iHa
should
concluido concluido
not
Are
you
through?
hacerlo. bread I have concluded that
que
no
debemos
do
it. el pan.
Se
ha
concluido
The
is all gone.
219. of
mas
Mayor
and
menor
grande
pequeno.
irregular comparatives and equivalent to mas grande and "older" applied to persons they mean
are
the
and
"younger."
Juan
Maria
a. es es
mayor
menor
que
que
Maria. Juan.
mayor
John Mary
and
is older is younger
menor
than
Mary.
than
John.
mayor
The
superlatives of
are
el
and
el
menor.
]y",ssox
xxxix
141
Juan children.
Juan
es
el
menor
de
mis
los
hijos. John
John
is the
is the elder
youngest
of
of
my
es
el mayor
de
dos.
the
two.
are
the
of
Joven, "young," and Synonyms. viejo, "old/' or old, without generally applied to what is reallyyoung "old" idea of comparison. in the sense Antiguo means "former," "of long standing," or "antique."
220.
Un Un Un
h ombre
libro
joven; viejo; an
companero
young
man.
old
book. mio
;
an
antiguo
The
old
chum
of
mine.
before used correlatives, comparatives, are expressed by cuanto (-a, -os, -as) tanto (-a, -os, -as).
. . . .
221.
.the.
These
Cuantos
I
iibros
I want. gam,
ten go,
tantos
mas
deseo. The
The
more
books the
have, the
Cuanto he
tanto
menos
gasta.
more
he
earns
less
spends.
VOCABULARY.
en thusiastic en-
Un, in short.
to
cquivocarsc,
be Never
mistaken in my choose
(sec
life!
5"7)\
/En
mi vidal
to
n ion io, Anthony. Ana, Anna. anteojos, (plu.) eyeglasses. arruinar, to ruin, spoil.
(sec
calce
casar,
casarse
tines,hose.
to
study. to imagine. Vd.l /Figurese Just imagine. fuera de, except, excepting.
s
studio
figurarse,
ganar,
to
gain, win,
a
earn.
Granada,
to
answer.
city
become
in
southern
(d),
and
Spain.
Jiacerse,
a
conque,
so.
to
(/.e.,
to
Cordoba,
southern
cuanto
as
cur
Cordova,
city
in
Spain. (relative),
as,
how
much,
make
of
much
m.,
all that.
listo,bright,
used with
smart,
clever
(when
a,
ser).
boy,
to
devote
oneself
de
escribir, writing
be born
table.
(to). dcntista,
desk. dentist.
nacer, to
(see 513,548).
142
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
novio, beau, fiance, bridegroom. novia, sweetheart, fiancee, bride. obedecer (d), to obey (see 513). {en), to busy oneself. ocuparse
papel, m., paper. papel secante, blotting-paper.
soltero,
-a,
unmarried
person.
tinta, ink.
should widow.
say
vice
versa.
;Ya
EXERCISE
lo creo!
I should
say
so.
si,why.
XXXIX. Manuela
a
a.
Da.
sentarme
su
mesa
de
que
es-
(responder)
y
se
las
muchas
cartas
he mi
enfermedad,
ha
concluido
la tinta
de
Sientese
Vd., D.
en a
Jose.
ocuparme \ Que
En
la le
en mas
mesa
encontrara
Vd.
plumas,
que
fin cuanto
haga
hacer
falta.
Mientras
para
Vd.
calcetines
el chico.
Antonio si lo No
es
? !
chico
listo ! visto
otro tan
En
hacer
mi
yida he
que
unos
aficionado
\
los !
estudios. Ya he
anteojos. Si se esta arruinando estudie la vista con estudiar. Cuanto le digo que tanto mas no por la noche, tanto obedece. ha la Es menos me escogido profesion que de muchos fue durante catedratico la afios su padre, el que en
tenido
leer
estudiar.
Figurese
Vd.
Universidad.
iEntre
Entre
Todos
sus
estudios
todos
le gustan
hay algunas a que se dedica especialmente? naturales. las ciencias prefiere la matematica y de las lenguas fuera de la gramatica y el estudio notado han los de mis He hijos que podido que
la
matematica,
otros
no
han
tenido
cabeza
para
los
vice Vd.
creo! el del
me
versa.
iConque
lo
es
tiene
hijos?
menos.
Tres,
nada
Dos octubre
mes
Antonio
menor.
Nacio
el 8 de
que
un
hombre.
en
Estamos
septiembre
afios.
No,
20
un
el
viene Ana
alios
tendra mi
que
quince
mayor
Tendra
Hace
16
anos.
hija
esta
tiene
con
afios
mas
Antonio.
en
muchos
casada
abogado,
desde
vive dos
que
Cordoba.
Alejandro,
de
empezar
casado
a
tambien,
estudiar la
y
se
viudo
hace
afios, despues
ya y
medicina,
fue
su a
concluyo
Estados
a no
habia
se
demasiados
medicos
y
malos,
bueno.
los
Unidos
hizo
dentista,
mucho
para
muy
Desde
regreso que
Espafia, esta
haya querido
ganando
estudiar
dinero.
cura,
Sin
asi
embargo
son
siento chicos
pero
los
de
hoy.
144
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
15.
Do
to
you
cry.
of
the
16.
so
Please much of
begin
Dr.
I reminded
a
poor
wife.
You
widower
to
several
years.
Suarez
every
ordered five
me
be
given
20.
water
minutes.
more
19.
shall
you. 42
have
it hurts
than
it does
definite) on the first day of January, died? he when 22. caring for him
been
some
years
ago.
Who I
was
He
a
died
of
hunger,
if he
you
have
told.
23.
one.
He
would
24.
have did
consulted Anna
doctor
had
known
suppose? wras us an by lawyers. 25. ruined. 28. The Is there are completely napkins danger? 27. any beefsteak ate our we During only once. stay in Cordova, 29. married What horrible by a priest. 31. a They wrere sight ! 30. himself his studies. is not He to permitted to devote 2"2"- I 32. mistake. So then, he has a sweetheart, a 34. hope you have not made Don't fail has he? to the for to store telephone drug 35. foot hurts! You (cudiito) my (por) the stamps. 36. How ine imagdo When I not look it. 27I have like some glasses on, my such All can't I a imagine thing. 38. good boys professor? 39. His and are girls (chicos) obey their parents. shut, but 40. eyes
T,et make end. 26. He ruined the his he mouth needed. is open.
41.
good
How
catch
cold, do
I told
him
I would
lend
him
as
much
as
Imperative
142.
The
intimate imperative is -used to express positive commands are expressed by the negative commands only. Intimate second singular and plural of the present subjunctive. persons
don't Jiables, no habla, Jiablad, speak; no Jiableis, speak. no responde, responded, answer; respondas, no responddis, don't
answer.
escribe,escribid, wTrite; no
a. to
escvibas, no
the in
don't escribdis,
pronouns
a are
write.
In verb.
positive commands
This necessitates
object
attached
accent.
the
certain
cases
written
hablame, compramclo,
b. the Tn
habladle, coniprddmelo.
the
negative
Jiables. lo
commands
object
me.
so.
pronouns
come
before
verb. No
Xo
me
se
Don't Don't
speak
to
digdis.
tell him
LESSON
XU
145
the
c.
Before
the
reflexive
object
os,
imperative
plural drops
its final d.
ocapaos,
busy
yourselves.
Irregular Imperatives. Most irregular verbs are are irregular in regular in the imperative plural,and many the singular. Study the imperatives in 515, 521, 523, 525, 538-547223. 224. infinitive
the person,
Pro
met
c m
Prometer,
or
"to
promise," object
of
may
the and
c
indicative.
the
me
It takes
direct
followed
que
compraras
algo.
Promise
He
me
that
you
will
buy
return
me
something.
prometio
soon.
Me Te
rr
que
volveria
temprano. )
r
promised
"
me
he
would
prometo
volver
.
temprano.
,\
le
prometo
que
7 solvere
temprano.
T I promise v
n n
you
J
soon.
225.
Volver
followed infinitive
(whatever
No
No
the
a
means
"to
volvere he vuelto
hacerlo.
a
do
seen
verle.
have
226.
the
name
Jugar,
of
ninos
a
"to
game.
by
are
before
Los ball.
estdn
jugando
la pelota.
The
children
playing
226 522
a,
A.
For
caer,
"to
fall/'and
reir,
"to
laugh/'
see
and
528.
VOCABULARY.
verb
to
of
alia
contar,
ch.
to
count,
to
tell, relate
(R(see
/Ay!
burlarse
caerse,
Oh!
disobey
behind.
de,
prep.,
to
ensuciar,
esconder
to
fall down.
dirty.
eamisa, shirt.
easOy case,
affair, circumstance.
I46
hacer
caso
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
a,
to
pay
attention
to.
;Por
Dios!
exclamation.
limpiar, to clean. mentir, to lie (R-ch. II). m'entira, lie,lying. breeches. pantalon, m., trousers, sin. pecado, (see pegar, to strike, hit, stick 507 b).
pelota, ball.
take off. quitar, to remove, reuse (de), to laugh (at). to break, tear romper, (see 549). saltacamero, leap-frog (literally, leap-sheep). toro, bull (in plural, "biill-fighting"). vergiienza, shame.
tener
pardon.
scamp,
vergiienza,
to
be
rowdy.
ashamed.
EXERCISE
a.
XLL Cuentalo
todo
tu
Hija,
llores.
no
ipor
me
que pego
lloras?
y
me
madre.
Federico
No
llamo
caso a
fea.
tu
No
le
hagas
detras
hermano.
No
eres
fea.
derico, Fe-
la puerta. Te estoy viendo. No burlando de tu madre ? estas Ven mal muchacho. te rias. aca, 1 Te tienes No sabes los debeis nirios amaros? ";No vergiienza? que I
te
escondas
de
Pero,
; que
te
se.
s.ucio
has
roto
estas
" por
y
que
te
has
iComo
No
el
pantalon
ensuciado
No mientas. la verdad. Sabes la mentira Federico, dime que estado has feo. ^No es jugando a la pelota 6 a los un pecado muy de la calle? los toros con pillos ha Estabamos jugando a saltacarnero, cuando me cai, y se me el pantalon. roto la calle,y tendre Te he prohibido jugar en castigarte. que Vd. Dios No ! Le me castigue prometo i Ay, mama, que por
no
volvere Pues
desobedecerla.
esta
vez
por
;
te
perdono.
debes
Ahora
vete
a
tu
cuarto y
limdarle
piarte bien
un
pero
antes
pedir perdon
?
tu
hermana
beso. b.
I
1 Por
que
esta
lo cuenta
mas a
las pegue,
6 que
se
las llame
feas le dice
trata
su
madre
la nifia?
Federico
de la
de
esconderse?
Que
Tiene
Le
hace
detras
mucha
puerta? vergiienza?
a su
dice
que
madre?
ique
hace
pues?
el
En
encuentra?
cuando
se
Donde
jugando
le
rompio
pantalon:
I^SSON
XUI
14/
";A
que
estaba
jugando?
Vd.
nunca
jugar
a su
los toros?
mentir? promete
se
le
que
Federico
madre?
lo
promete?
su
";A donde
le manda
a su
madre? antes?
ipara
que?
iQue ":Que
I
pide
le
hermana
da
ella? los
en
que
es
juegan
el
caso
nifios
que
a
iCual
^Hacen
I Por
dia los
espafioles? no se puede
las ordenes los
de
comer
carne
sin
pecado?
nifios
de
sus
padres?
?
antes
que
se
ha
quitado Federico
en
zapatos
carta
iQue
al correo?
hay
que
pegar
el
sobre
una
de
echarla
LESSON
XLII.
227.
into
100
Spanish
centimos. coins
Money,
Five
The
unit
is the
a
peseta,
duro
or
divided peso.
pesetas
de
make
The
copper
centimos
grande).
dos and
(monedas cobre) are (perra chica) and the 10 centimo de plata) Silver coins (monedas
and duro. Bank
notes
are
the
are
peseta,
100,
pesetas
1000
500
pesetas.
Exchange
for
a
is
cambio,
change
las vuelunit is
suelto, and
tas.
change
and
coin
or
la vuelta bill,
In
centavo
Mexico
the
(=one
used
to
is often coin
to
Spanish America generally, the cent). In Spain the real (=2$ in reckoning price, but there
it.
timos) cen-
is
no
correspond
Idiomatic.
228.
Bstas
are
Price.
venden dozen.
Dos
a
navanjas
at
a
se a
peseta
la
la
These
is this do
oranges
sold
peseta
vale
jCudnto
Two for
reals
a
estof
reales
libra.
la
worth? ask
/Cudnto
this? Uvas
A de
por
estof
Duro
vara.
you
yard.
libra.
real
la
Grapes
at
real
pound.
I48
229. forms dealer
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Suffix derivatives
-ero.
The
suffix
-ero,
applied
in
to
nouns,
indicatingthe
of.
cocker
person
charge of,
the
in, or
manufacturer
(grocer)
230.
a or
; vaca,
vaquero
0 ; libro, librero (bookseller) ; shoe-dealer) ; reloj, relojero (watchmaker) (cutler) ; especia (spice); especiero (cow-boy).
Suffix
-eria.
The
suffix
eria
indicates
or
generally
a
place where
business.
something
is manufactured
sold, or
trade
er's; Ubreria, book-store; zapateria, shoe-store; relojeria, watchmakcutlery store; especieria, cuchilleria, grocery.
231.
Diminutive
nouns are
Suffixes.
These
even
are
applied to
commonest
and
and adjectives,
-ito,-illo,-uelo
(-ita,-ilia,-uela).
chap
;
Hbrito.
little book
Either
...
or,
in
positivesentence
. . .
is 6
. . .
negative
. .
sentence,
.
ni Ni further
ni,
which
also and
presses ex-
neither
nor.
or
expresses
not.
Tampoco
found after
means a
neither
not
either.
come
It
is
generally
the
tence. sen-
negative,
instead
but of
no
it may in
first in
replying negativelyto
He will
come
the
questions.
noche, 6 manana earl)'.
ni chocolate have taken
Vendrd
6 esta
to-morrow
temprano.
either either do
to-night
No chocolate
or
hemos
or
tornado
tea.
(We
taken
nor
tea.)
nor
No
I hope Yo
ten go to
no
espero
tenerlo. I don't
yo
money,
qniero ir tampoco.
tiene have Vd.
go
either.
you any
ey? mon-
j No Nor
diner of
No.
u women
tampoco.
Haven't
I either.
jQuiere
a.
pan?
jTostadasf
before
or a
Tampoco.
word
beginning with
or
ho.
men.
233. -ucir
see
For 529.
traducir, "to
translate,"
and
other
verbs
in
LESSON
XIJJ.
149
VOCABULARY.
department
libra, pound. limon, m., lemon. lomo, loin. ripe, mature. maduro,
manzana,
melocoton,
melon,
m.,
be
current.
crude. crndo, unripe, raw, docena, dozen. especie, f., species, kind. fino, fine, delicate, excellent. fresa, strawberry.
er. fish-deal-
podrido,
rotten.
frijoles,beans
genera, generos,
granada,
grape.
to
harina, flour.
vender, z-erde,
sell.
green,
unripe.
EXERCISE
a.
XLII.
Vamos de
primero
generos
una
.
al
. .
mercado.
Despues
iremos
al
bazar
las
tiendas
de
cantidad
de
cosas.
Haga
cuanto
se
favor
finos.
,;A
A No
peseta
los
pero
(A
mas
dos
reales
la
libra).
Vd
son
baratos? selectos.
Si,
tiene
tan
a
Mandeme
casa
cinco
kilos.
iQue
clase
de
frutas
naranjas,
de
estos
manzanas,
melocotones,
estan
limones,
estan
uvas,
gra-
melones.
melocotones
Muchos
verdes,
otros
podridos.
de limones
los
con
mejores.
estos
seis.
Tambien
media
docena
melon.
iNo Hoy
necesita
no.
Vd.
naranjas
ni
uvas?
I Granadas
?
. . .
Tampoco
Ahora
asar, y
a
la carniceria, donde
a
comprare comprar
un
lomo
y
de
cerdo
para
entonces
la
especieria a
harina,
bacalao.
150
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
b.
I
un
,;D6nde
?
1
un
compramos
el ? al los
pescado?
libros
que
y
,;la
? vende
ique
carne?
^los
zapatos?
reloj iComo
cuchillp
llamamos
ique
hombre
vacas
libros? hace
";que
vende
"jque
una
guarda
de
toros?
reloj
ique
es? tiene
una
tienda
zapatos?
ique
vende
carne?
palabra
especieria?
demasiado maduro?
ipescaderia?
";no
";
bazar?
ma
significa
bastante
duro? Deme
Vd.
frutas.
los
nombres
de
algunos
pescados
muy
comunes.
De
se
llaman
en
Mejico
una
judias?
"ien
compramos
son
en
el
corren
mercado?
en
iCuales
de
las
monedas
que
Espafia?
;las
vale reales
centavos
una
peseta
en una
en
moneda
americana?
peseta?
un
";en
un
peso?
en
peso?
lomo?
el
peso
de
este
(^Cuanto
pesa
este
lomo?)
Tiene
Vd.
frutas
suelto?
tenemos esta
iQue
en
estacion?
152
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
VOCABULARY.
abanico, fan. algodon, m., cotton. alhaja, jewel, thing altiira, height.
m,
even.
pano,
of value.
cloth
(woolen).
paniielo, handkerchief.
anchura, width.
asegurar,
assure.
show-window.
thickness.
be in style. spend, waste,
perla, pearl. profitndidad, f., depth. pnlgada, inch. down. rcbajar, to diminish, come to bargain, haggle. regatear, (collective). ropa, clothes blanca, linen (clothes). ropa
wear.
gris, gray. big, thick. grueso, linen. kilo, thread, yarn, lana, wool. legitimo, genuine, lawful, legitimate.
lienzo, linen cloth.
de
cama,
bed
interior,
underclothes
sucia, soiled
woven,
cotton
goods.
ioalla,towel.
valer
vara, mas, to
be
better.
sleeve.
metre.
metro,
yard. vcstido,dress,
costume
("traie).
muestra,
sample.
EXERCISE
XLIII.
a
a.
,;Tiene
Vd.
una
seda tiene
una
gris igual
seda
la
muestra?
y
Si duro la
sefiora.
vara.
Aqui
muy
fuerte
muy
bonita
Es
Le Madrid Me
es
mucho.
aseguro
un a
Vd.
como
que
no
podra
encontrar
mas
barato
en
todo
genero
este.
creo
gusta
el color, y
tanto
que
un
me
sentara
muy
bien,
me
pero
no
me
por
vestido.
Tampoco rebajar
pesetas
y
gusta
tear. rega-
el ultimo
precio?
pero
no
muchisimo,
cuesta
esta
a
puedo
cuatro
ni
un
centimo. la
vara.
Este
genero I Cuanto
nosotros,
negra poco
varas.
media
vale
seda
un
?
mas
Esta
Deme
es
la
puedo
diez
poner
y
barato. Vd.
Cuatro
un
pesetas.
Vd.
seis ?
Espere
momento.
,;Cual
la anchura Tiene
(el ancho)
y
veinte
seis
mas
pulgadas.
cortar
Entonces
muy
valdra las
diez estilan
ocho
varas.
Este
aiio
hacen
anchas
mangas.
(Se
las mangas
anchas.)
LESSON
XUH
153
Necesita
Vd.
algo
en
panos
de
lana
6
y
lienzos ultima
unas
tarn-
bien
algunos
Deseo
unos
algodones pafiuelos
. . .
muy
hermosos de hilo
para
de
sefiora
Casi
las
olvidaba. Mire
Vd.,
parece
es una
Luisa.
que
me
Que
alhajas
mas
bonitas
en
este
escaparate
de
No
'
le
sentiria
las
divdnamente
mas
aquel
famosas de
collar
perlas?
Venden
Esta
clases
de
tiendas de
oro
Madrid.
y
todas
de
objetos
plata,
encajes
lejitimos
abanicos
espanoles.
b.
^Que
color
que
busca de
no va
esta
sefiora?
;Que
;
seda
a
desea?
comprar
Por
la
seda
que
el
dependiente
le
muestra
primero?
";Que
,;Por
genero
significa
que
no
regatear?
le
es
posible
al
dependiente
rabajar
el
precio
del
;Cuanto
;
"
hay
varas
que
pagar
por
se
una
buena
para
seda hacer 6
negra?
un
Cuantas
ano
de estilan hacen
de
pano
necesita
vestido
;Este ,;De En
;De
se
sombreros
los
grandes
de caballero?
se
pequefios?
que
se
vestidos
ique
vestidos
que
se
caballero,
los la
colores
estilan
siempre?
hacen hace
mejores
ropa
pafiuelos?
^las
";en
una
iDt
;
que
se
interior?
en un
Cuantas
pulgadas
deseamos
hay
comprar
pie?
hilo del
Cuando
tenemos en
color
casa,
ique
hacemos? 6
;Esta
Como i
subiendo
se
bajando aquella
para
el
precio
del
la
del vestido
lienzo?
que
parte
hacer edificio
cubre
el
brazo?
,;Que
I
se
cama?
en
dial
es
del
que
estamos
154
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
LESSON 236.
up
to
20
XLIV.
The
Ordinal
Numerals.
are so
The
are
only, as
with
they
the
noun
They
agree
in
1st.
that
given point.
primer 0 segundo
tercero
cuarto
1
. . . .
ith.
2d.
quinto
sexto
or or
12th.
;
. .
6th.
decimo decimo
decimo decimo decimo
quinto
sexto
septimo
octavo
noveno
setimo
7th.
8th.
septimo
octavo
nono
17th.
18th.
or
nono
9th.
10th.
19th.
20th. ordinals
are
decimo
a.
vigesimo
a
In
giving
After
numeral the
after
used
up
to
decimo.
that
cardinals.
definite
article
is omitted.
Felipe segundo
Alfonso
237.
trece
what is possessed expresses of a group of similar individuals, is by each one in in the singular, though the plural would be used
Noun.
that
ninos
con
car
alegre. The
children
with
happy
faces
(one
each).
238. used Definite
names
Article of
used. and
The
definite that
article
are
is
before
countries
persons
fied modi-
by
La El
an
adjective.
moderna. Modern
Lspana
caritativo
Spain.
Charitable Mr.
Sr.
Sanchez.
Sanchez.
239. of
Suffixes is
-ano.
indicating Nationality.
Others
are use
The
est commones.
these
-eno,
-ino, and
a
As
in be
in
the
,
is. to
chileno, meccano, cordobes, peruano, sevillano, granadino, madrileno argentino, panameno, cubano, puertoriqueno, filipino. 240.
Caber,
"to
be
contained."
See
527.
LESSON
XUV
155
VOCABULARY.
aldea, village. aldeano, villager, peasant f., love. amor, of caja. cajita, dim. f cathedral. catedral,
.,
plaything.
lugar,
m.,
place,
town.
centro,
center.
cerilla,wax
match.
build,
construct
da tar, to
plaza,
found,
establish
square.
tight.
Felipe, Philip.
fin, m.,
end.
inhabitant.
vecino,
vestido church.
EXERCISE
XLIV.
de ciudad moderna Espana, es una Su (almas). importancia data del quinientos mil II cuando dieciseis el establecio alii su Felipe (XVI) rey edificios publicos y casas tiene muchos hermosos La corte teatros ticulares, muchas e plazas, y muchos iglesias,pero no
a.
Madrid,
capital de
unos
habitantes
siglo
corte.
par-
tiene
catedral. 6 de
oteca
La
mayor
parte
los
de
los edificios
estan
construidos
de
piedra
ladrillo.
Entre
el
Nacional,
el
museo
tambien de toda
Toledo, y Europa.
El
verdadero del del
como
el
la Biblipublicos se puede nombrar de Banco Espana, el Museo Pinturas, llamado la calle Isidro del Prado, la Iglesia de San en tiene Real, que no magnifico Palacio igual en edificios de
centro
de
la vida
madrilefia tiene
y
es su
la
plaza
a
llamada
la
la
Puerta
Sol.
se
Todo
encuentra
Puerta
manana
Sol
fin
alii. En
la
una
ruido,
de vende-
la
al
mediodia.
oyen
los
gritos
de
los
de
periodicos, de juguetes y de cajitas de cerillas y aldeanos de los lugares vecinos, con la puede ver vestidos el ancho de terciopelo, y toreros sombrero
fosforos.
manta
de
pan-
de
156
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
talon tativos
estrecho
chaqueta "por
de occurio
estamos
corta.
Alii de
los
mendigos
piden
los
cari-
una
limosna
el
amor
Dios."
b.
,;Cual
que
que
rey
Espana
esto?
establecio
su
corte
en
Madrid?
";En
";En
siglo siglo
iCuantos
dad?
i
habitantes
^Nueva
York?
,;esta
ciu-
el
lugar
le hace
en
que
iQue
":De
Nombreme
que
falta
Madrid?
las casas? edificios ahora los
se
construyen
Vd.
algunos
publicos
libros del
de
Madrid.
,:D6nde ";Cuando
I
se
guardan
se
rey
Felipe
II?
fue el
Vd.
la
iglesia?
de
Quien
es
rey
se
actual caso?
Espana
quien
se
pueden
esta
en
ver
las
centro
pinturas
de del
de Madrid?
Velazquez?
plaza
se ve
el Puerta los
en
la visten
Sol?
ique
se
oye
alii?
que
se
se
iQue
I
compra
para
se
Sabe
Vd.
como
contesta
un
mendigo
deseamos
que
nos
pide
6 hermano." "Dios si
una
limosna?
tenemos
Se
nada
lo
dire
Vd.
le
Si
decimos
no
darle
nada, Dios,
no
que
darle,
nos
"Vaya
en
Vd.
estas
con
Si
le
damos
algo,
da
las
gracias
palabras,
se
lo
pagara."
I
Se
alegra
Vd.
de
que
hayamos
llegado
al
fin
de
este
libro?
THE
VERB
500.
The
for
purpose
of
the
following
facts about
sections the
is
to
group
together Spanish
verb the added
the and it is
reference both
the
forms
of
the
verbs,
regular merely
those of
or
and
to
irregular.
repeat
future that and
For
all
the
regular
with
are
necessary
endings, by
exception
to
of
stem
of the
the
conditional,
the
-ar,
infinitive the
(found
the
cutting
the
off
final
-er,
-ir of
are
infinitive),while
to
future
conditional
endings
of the
added
whole
infinitive.
501.
Endings
Three
Conjugations.
i58
II
FUTURE
-e
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
III
II
FUTURE
III
-emos
-eis
-an
CONDITIONAL
-la
Tenses. the Compound By way of illustrating of compound formation and tenses forms, the following of each examples will suffice,though only the first person of the verb to be conjuis given. The tense past participle gated is unchanged in form.
Perfect Present
Infinitive, haber
502.
comido,
to
have
eaten. eaten.
Perfect
Participle,
habiendo
comido, having
indicative.
Present
Pluperfect, Past
Perfect,
habia
he
comido,
hube
I have
eaten.
comido,
habre
I had
eaten.
Definite Perfect,
Perfect,
comido,
comido,
I had
eaten.
eaten.
Future
Conditional
Perfect,
have
eaten.
SUBJUNCTIVE.
Perfect,
haya
comido.
hubiese
hubiera
comido.
comido.
Future
hubiere
comido.
503. in
Passive
Voice.
In connection forms
with
what
is stated
207,
the
following
suffice to
of how
the
love/' will
show
the
l6o
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Sacar,
Past PrKS.
to
take
out.
Def.,
ist
Sing.,
saque,
Subj.,
saques,
saqueis,
the g and
saquen.
e
(b)
forms
Verbs
where
in those
e.
PagaRj
Past
to
pay.
Def.,
ist
Sing., paguc
pagues,
etc.
PrES.
Subj., pague,
Verbs that in
(c) endings
place
e.
diaeresis
are
over
the of
before verbs.
There
to
few
these
AvERiGUAR,
Past
verify.
Def.,
ist
PrES.
Subj.,
averigue,
etc.
change
Cruzar,
to
to
before
those
endings
cross.
Past
Def.,
ist
Sing.,
cruce
PrES.
Subj.,
cruce,
cruccs,
etc.
508.
Second
and in
-cer
Third and
Conjugations.
-cir
a
(a) change
Verbs
c
to
when
the
consonant
o.
Vencer,
PrES. PrES.
conquer.
Indic, Subj.,
ist
Sing.,
venzo
vensa,
venzas,
venza,
venzamos,
venzdis,
a
venzan.
-cer
and
-cir
preceded by
vowel is
a
are
discussed
apart in 513.
There
large
of
in -ger
and
-gir change
to
to
before
or
Coger.,
PrES.
catch.
Sing., cojo
etc.
PrES.
Subj., coja,
the
verb
161
the
in
-quir change
Delinquir,
to
qu
to
before
or
of
be
delinquent.
Pres. PrES.
Sing., dclinco
(e) ending.
Pres. Pres.
-guir drop
Distinguir,
of
gu
before
or
of
the
to
distinguish.
Indic,
ist
Sing., distingo
stem
in
11
or
i of
the
or
diphthong,
io.
forms
not
This
because
loss
ie the
word,
of the
i sound
in 11 and
to
Buueir,
Pres. Past Imp. Imp.
boil.
3D
etc.
Ptu., bulleron
Subj., Subj.,
etc.
Fut.
Subj., butter
e, etc.
TAnER,
Pres.
to
ring.'
in
same
Part., tanendo.
Other
changes
places
as
bullir.
510.
accent
on
Certain the i
or
verbs the
u
ending
in the
in
-iar and
-uar,
require an
and
present
indicative
junctive, sub-
singular and the third person plural, in the and imperative singular. This is not strictlyan of the orthographical change, since it affects the sound rule by which the student There -is no mine word. nfa^ deterall of the what verbs
are
treated
in this
and
book, enviar
do
not.
in this way. Of the verbs included these changes and limpiar makes
ensuciar
Enviar,
Pres. Pres.
to
send.
Indic,
Imperative
62
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Continuar,
to
continue.
"
continuamos, continuais,
continueis,
continuen
Imperative
511.
Since
unaccented
i may second
are
not
between
two
vowels, those
whose i
as
verbs end in
of
a
the
and
conjugations
y
stems
vowel,
the
written
which
instead
of
begin with ie or forms affected io. The the present participle, the past are third singular and definite, plural, the imperfect subjunctives and the future subjunctive.
the
first vowel
of
endings
CrEer,
PrES.
Past Imp.
to
believe.
etc.,
etc.
creyera,
etc.
Fut.
In general it may be said that Irregular Verbs. which does the same not an irregularverb is one preserve does have the regular endings. not stem throughout, or which Many irregularverbs are irregularin both stem and is apparent to both eye and endings, and all the irregularity Many irregularverbs have orthographicalirregularities ear. of irregular well. Fortunately the greater number as
512.
verbs have
whose in five great groups, be included may The in common. their peculiarities rest
members
must
be
learned
singly,since
a
by
system
of
of
the
statements
made
in
127
and
141,
as
to
imperfectand irregular
with
future
subjunctives.
the
ond sec-
513.
Verbs
largest class of
over 200.
it does in
-cer
It consists of verbs
infinitives end
verbs
a z
and
-cir
preceded by
vowel.
is inserted
THE
VERB
163
and
or a
in
the
present
indicative with
o
subjunctive, in
; that
all
whose of the
ending begins
present
indicative, and
other
to
all six
are
present
subjunctive. AH
forms
know.
regular.
Conocer,
PrES.
Indic,
conozco
Pres.
Subj.,
conozca,
conozcas,
conozca,
conozcamos,
conozcdis,
conozcan
514.
Radical-changing
verbs, changes
of forms
Verbs.
are
Review
106. the
In
ical-chan rad-
possible in
following
groups
only.
which receive indicative
person
(a)
vowel;
the of
The
forms
the and
stress
on
the
stem
i.e., the
present
third
present
subjunctive, first
and
second
persons
The
forms
whose
endings begin
with
ie
or
io; i. e.y
the past definite, the third persons participle, of the two junctives imperfect subsingular and plural, the whole and the future subjunctive.
present
515.
First
Class.
The
largest class
irregular verbs, of this class belong to the first vowel stem e or change o, and
whose
stress
of
to
ie and
to
ue
in those
forms
falls
on
the
stem.
See
107. Pensar,
to
think.
Pres.
Pres.
Indic, pienso, piensas, piensa, pensamos, Subj., piense, pienses, piense, Sing., piensa
Contar,
to
pensemos,
Imperative
tell,relate.
contamos,
contemos,
Pres. Pres.
Indic, Subj.,
cuento,
cuent e,
cuentas, cuentes,
cuenta,
cnente,
contais, cuentan
conteis,
cuenten
..
Imperative
Sing.,
cuenta
164
516.
stem
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
has
like pagar
PrEs.
PrHS. Past
the Jugar, "to play/' changes u to ue wherever It is also orthographicallyirregular, the stress. (see 507 b).
Indic,
juguemos,
Imperative
Sing., juega
517.
Errar,
oler,
its
"to
smell/'
since
no
are
radicalmay
the
errar
first
class, but
word
writes
radical-changingforms
oler its radical-changing forms and writes with ye affect the sound, they are As these spellings do not
orthographicalchanges.
Errar.
PrEs. PrEs.
yerra, ycrre,
erramos, erremos,
errais,
yerran
erreis,yerren
Imperative
Sing.,
Imperative
518.
Volver,
of
a
"to
turn," has,
in addition the
to
the
vowel
changes
of verb radical-changing vuelto. Other past participle, in -uelto. past participles 519.
first
class, an
regular irhave
verbs
in -olver
Many
as
changing
set
forth
in 507-509.
verb
eat
is
lunch."
Almorzar,
PrEs. PrES.
"to
Indic,
almuercen
almuerzo,
etc.
Subj., almuerce,
Dee.,
ist
almuerce
s,
almuerce,
almorcemos,
almorceis,
Past
Sing., almorce
Imperative
Sing., almuerza
TH"
V3RB
165
CocER,
This verb
is
not
.
uto
boil," "bake."
radical and graphical ortho-
changing.
520. third Second
Verbs
stemto
u ue
of
vowel
this class
e or o.
conjugation
e e
stem-vowel
stem, and
to. ie and
to
where
the
stress
the
i and
to
first and
whose verbs
second
persons
ending begins
see
with
(1) in the present subjunctive, (2) in those forms plural, and ie or io (see 514 c). For model
in
sentir
"to
and
dormir,
108.
has the
a.
Morir.
muertp.
521.
the
Third
Class.
Verbs
and all
of
have
this
class
all
third
e
conjugation,
to
stem-vowel
accent
belong to e. They
on
change
stem.
in
those
forms
e
whose
i
falls
the
They
first and
also
change
to
second
persons
whose
endings begin
dress/'
see*
with 109.
ie
io.
For
the
model
verb
vestir, "to
a.
Brguir, "to
of i in
erect," which
any
belongs
which
to
this have
class, may
the
stress
on
have the
11
ye
instead
of
the
forms
stem-vowel.
o
It is also
a
or
of
the
its
fore be-
PrES.
I n Die,
erguimos,
of this
erguis,
yerguen
522.
Several
of
the
verbs
class
have
graphical ortho-
changes.
of peculiarities. A written Reir, "to laugh," has a number forms all stressed the on stem required on vowel, and ie or the i of all endings beginning with also io, disappears. Note first and the in accents indicative, on imperative plural, present plural.
a.
accent
is
PrESPrES. Pres.
Part.,
riendo
Past
Part., reido
rials,Han
l66
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Past
Def.,
3d
Sing.,
rid
3d
Puj., Heron
Here
Impere.
Imperative
b.
Sing., He
verbs in
Puj., reid
this
a
Other
class is
have
the
changes
already
cussed dis-
in 507-509.
Such
verb
523.
but
stem not
This
class
includes
verbs add
in
-giiir,
-guir and
-quir. These
verbs
on (1) in all forms which have the accent first and second and (2) in the present subjunctive, plural. In addition, the i of all endings beginning with becomes (See similar change in verbs like y. 511.)
ie
or
io in
creer,
Huir,
PrES. PrES. Pres.
Past
"to
flee."
huydis, huyan
30
Plu., huyeron
ImperE.
Imperatives,
a.
Verbs
arguyo,
the
diaeresis
before
y.
argue,"
etc.
524. follow in
Unclassabie
Irregular
do
to
The
verbs
to
that any
order, alphabetical
that is easier may omitted
not
themselves
the be
classification
learn assumed
verbs
selves. them-
regular,with future and the exception of the imperfect and subjunctives, The and indicative. the future conditional imperfect and future subjunctivesare to be derived from the third person
be
Forms
plural of
conditional of
as definite, same
explained
as
in 127
and
141. the
the
stem
the
are
future, and
the
future
and
conditional
always regular.
68
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
Past
Future
Of
the
decir, "to
curse,"
of decir, bendecir, "to bless," and compounds are Tegular in the future and conditional.
mat-
532.
Pres.
Pres. Past
Estar,
estoy,
estando,
estado.
To
be.
Indic,
estais, cstdn
esteis,'esten
estuviestuvimos, estuvisteis,
533.
Pres.
Haber,
habiendo,
habido.
To
have.
PrEs.
Past
Indic, he, has, ha, hemos, habeis, han Subj..,hay a, hay as, hay a, hayamos, haydis, hay an
Dee., hube, hubiste,hubo, hubimos,
hubisteis, hubieron
Future
Imperatives,
a.
present
Used impersonally, haber has the special form indicative, third person singular.
534.
Pres.
Pres. Past
Hacer,
haciendo,
hecho.
To
make,
do.
Indic,
Future
Imperatives,
a.
has, haced
are a
There of
number
of words
are
pounds com-
hacer,
imperative form
conjugated satisface.
and
Satisfacer
has
also
the
535.
Pres. Pres. Imperf.
Ir, yendo,
voy, vaya, vas,
ido.
To
go.
van,
van
Indic,
va,
vamos, vaya,
Subj.,
vayas,
vayamos,
vay"is, vayan
ibais,iban
THE
VERB
169
Past
Imperatives,
id, and,
for
the
first person
plural, vamos.
536.
PrES. PrES. Past
Oir, oyendo,
oigo,
oyes,
oido. oimos,
To
hear.
Indic,
oye,
ois, oyen
oimos,
oisteis,oyer
on
Imperatives,
oid
537.
Pres. PrES. Past
Poder,
pudiendo, podido.
To
be
able.
Ind., puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, Dee., pude, pudiste, pudo, Ind., podre
Future
Imperative's, lacking.
538.
Pres.
Pres. Past
Poner,
pongo,
poniendo, puesto.
pones, pone, ponemos,
To
put.
ponen
Indic,
poneis,
Subj., ponga,
Def., puse,
pongas,
ponga,
pusiste,puso,
poned
Future
Ind., pondre
pon,
Imperatives,
539.
Pres. PrES. Past
To
wish.
Indic,
Future
Imperatives,
quiere, quered
540.
Pres.
Saber,
sabiendo,
sabido.
To
know.
sabeis, saben
Pres.
Past
Subj., sepa, sepas, sepa, sepamos, sepdis, sepan Def., supe, supiste, supo} supimos, supisteis,supieron
Ind., sabre
"
Future
I70
541.
PrES.
Pres.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
To
go
out.
Indic., salgo, sales, sale, salimos, salis,salen Subj., saiga, saigas, saiga, salgamos, salgdis,salgan Ind.,
saldre
Future
I imperatives,
sal, salid
542.
Pres. PrES.
ImpEre. Past
To
be.
sois, son
seals,
sean
sea, era,
seamos, eramos,
Ind.,
era,
erais, eran
Imperatives,
543.
Pres. Pres.
Past
sed
Tener,
teniendo,
tenido.
To
have.
Ind., tengo,
teneis, tienen
tengdis, tengan
tenga,
tengamos,
Future
Imperatives,
544.
Pres.
Pres. Past
ten, tened
To
bring.
traen
traeis,
Subj., traiga, traigas, traiga, traigamos, traigdis, traigan Dee., traje, trajiste,trajo, trajimos, trajisteis, trajeron
545.
Pres. Pres.
Valer,
valiendo, valido.
To
be
worth.
valeis,valen
Future
Imperatives,
546.
Pres.
vale,
valed
Ver,
veo, vea,
viendo, visto.
ves, veas, ve, vemos,
To
veis,
see.
Indic.,
ven vean
Pres. Imperf.
Past
Subj.,
vea,
veamos,
vedis,
Imperatives,
ved
THE
VERB
171 To
547.
PrES. PrES. Past
Venir,
vengo,
viniendo,
venido.
come.
Indic, Subj.,
venis, viencn
vengais,
vengan
venga,
Future
Imperatives,
venid
548.
in
some
Defective of of their
Verbs.
A and
number
of
verbs
are
ing lackuse
forms,
which
currently
To
the
only
class
few
the
forms
they
this latter
belong
of
etc.
the
impersonal
Such
are,
verbs
nevar,
that
"to
describe
ena phenom"to
nature.
snow,"
Hover,
rain,"
Nacer,
"to
be
born," cannot,
person
from
its nature,
be
used in the
present
indicative, or
"to have
gnaw,"
as
in
the
present
a
indicative
and
stem
before
not
strong vowel
is
in
roig-, or
The
roy.
It is
used
often, however,
common.
these
forms.
Aplacer,
cernir. "to
please/' atarler,
are
"to the
appertain,"
third in the
the
and
con-
concern,"
"to
found
in
person.
Yacer,
lie," is used
of
may yazc-,
outside
mostly epitaphs. In
have
yazg-,
as or
third
person,
present
before
indicative
a
stem,
yag.
strong
forms
The
other
indicative
and
stem
imperfect only.
vowel
o
In
the
present
changes
to
ue
where
stressed.
in any used but the third please," is seldom singular. Note: placio; past definite, plugo or person present subjunctive, plega, plegue, and plazca; imperfect subjunctives and future subjunctive,pluguiese, and placiese,
Placer,
"to
172
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
pluguiera
forms
are
and
placiera,pluguiere
and
placiere. The
other
regular.
Irregular Participles. The four irregularonly in the past participle.
Past
549. verbs
are
following
ahrir, "to open," past participle abierto. cubrir, cover/' past participle cubierto. escribir,"to write," past participle escrito.
"to "to
imprimir,
a.
The
following
past
participles.
0
oprimir, "to
siiprimir, "to prender,
romper,
"to "to
oppress," past participles oprimido and suprimido suppress," past participles arrest," past participles prendido break," past participles rompido
and and
pre
so,
and
supreso.
preso.
roio.
550.
List
of
Irregular
found
to
Verbs.
This
list,while
that the in -uir
are
not
complete,
is
will be
contain
student
are
"
his in
not
-quir,nor
523, and
the like
For
Numbers the
-uir
for
verbs, 513.
verb section where
refer
paragraph
verb,
or
it, is conjugated.
antedecir,
anteponer, antever,
531.
538. 546.
515. 515. 515. 515. 515. 515. 515.
acordar,
acostar,
apacentar, apostar,
apretar,
aplacer, 548.
aprobar,
arrendar, ascender,
asentar,
arrepentirse, 520.
advertir, 520.
alentar, 515.
asoldar,
asonar.
515.
515.
THE
VERB
173
519.
atender,
atenerse, atentar, aterrar, atestar, atraer, atronar, aventar,
avergonzar,
515.
contorcerse,
contraer,
543.
515. 515. 515.
contradecir, 531.
544.
534.
contrahacer,
contraponer,
538.
544.
515. 515.
atravesar,
avenir, 547.
515. 519.
contravenir, 547. controvertir, 520. convenir, 547. convertir, 520. corregir, 522 b.
corroer,
548.
515. 511.
costar,
creer,
"
decaer, 528.
decir, 531. deducir, 529. defender, 515. deferir, 520.
515.
519.
cefiir, 522 b.
cerner, cerrar,
515. 515.
degollar, demoler,
demostrar,
cimentar,
cocer,
515.
519. 515. b.
denegar,
denostar,
519.
515.
colai%
519. 521.
competir,
complacer,
c.omponer,
548. 538.
515. 521.
comprobar,
concebir, concernir,
concertar,
515.
515.
concordar, 515. condescender, 515. condolerse, 515. conducir, 529. conferir, 520. confesar, 515.
conmover,
desandar, 525. desapretar, 515. desaprobar, 515. desasir, 526. desavenir, 547. descender, 515. descenir, 522 b. descolgar, 519. descollar, 515. descomponer, 538.
desconcertar, 515. descontar, 515.
515.
522 520. 515. 515. 515. 515.
conseguir,
consentir, consolar,
consonar,
b.
contar, contener,
contender,
543.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
erguir,
errar,
521
a.
517. escarmentar,
515.
desoir, 536. desolar, 515. despedir, 521. despertar, 515. desplacer, 548. desplegar, 519. despoblar, 515. desterrar, 515. detener, 543.
detraer, 544. devolver, 518.
expedir,
exponer,
538.
515. 544.
extender,
extraer,
forzar, 519. fregar, 519. freir,521. gemir, 521. gobernar, 515. grufiir,509. haber, 533. hacer, 534. helar, 515. henchir, 521. hender, 515.
herir, 520. hervir, 520. herrar, 515.
disolver, 518.
disonar, 515.
holgar,
519.
divertir, 520.
doler, 515. dormir, 520.
hollar, 515.
impedir, 521. imponer, 538. imprimir, 549. improbar, 515. incensar, 515.
inducir, 529.
encender,
encerrar,
encomendar,
encontrar,
engreir,
engrosar,
enmendar, entender,
enterrar,
inferir,520. irjquirir, 515. interponer, 538. intervenir, 547. introducir, 529. invernar, 515.
invertir, 520.
investir,521.
ir, 535.
jugar, 516.
leer, 511. Hover, 515.
\yb
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
retraer, reventar,
rever,
544. 515.
superponer,
538.
547.
supervenir,
suponer,
546.
515. 521. 519.
538.
549. 544. 509. 515. 515.
reverter,
suprimir,
sustraer, taner,
518.
rodar,
roer,
515.
548.
519.
temblar, tender,
tener, tentar,
rogar,
saber,
540.
tenir,
torcer, 534.
tostar,5i5.
519. 522 b.
traducir,
traer, 544.
529.
seguir,
sembrar,
sementar, sentar,
transcender,
515.
520.
transferir,
transponer,
538.
515. 515.
sentir,
ser, serrar,
trascender,
542. 515.
trascordarse,
trasegar,
519. 515.
servir, 521. sobre(e)ntender, 538. sobreponer, sobresalir, 541. sobrevenir, 547. sobrevestir, 521. solar, 515. soldar, 515. soler, 548. soltar, 515. solver, 518.
sonar,
trasofiar,
515.
538.
519. 515.
valer,
venir,
ventar,
ver,
546.
515. 521. 515. 519.
sonreir,
sonar,
verter,
vestir,
volar,
sosegar,
volcar,
volver,
yacer,
sostener,
subarrendar, subtender,
subvenir, subvertir,
518. 548.
509.
za(m)bullirse,
zaherir,
520.
sugerir,
VOCABULARY
stratives, demoninclude the the does personal not vocabulary pronouns, is cardinal numerals. the Gender not given possessives, or few A is whose termination for meaning. regular new gender by or nouns of words used in for the words most included, already are part synonyms and marks used. Inverted exclamation lessons. the points question not are of the word avoid whose The dash repetition English ( ) is used to Spanish is being equivalent given. This the
"
ability,
about,
pesetas,
habilidad,
de
;
cosa
f. de de
5
all, (nearly)
pesetas.
todo.
;
"
todo
at
"
del
,
"
todo
"
right,
todo
cerca
Esta
lo
que;
bien
"
that,
todo
cuanto,
el
day,
dia.
above, absent,
sobre
"
all, sobre
dejar,
casi. limosna.
solo.
ya.
permitir.
ausente.
absolutely,
abundance,
accompany,
absolutamente. abundaricia.
acompanar. as, cuenta
already,
to,
segun.
"
according
account,
esto
according
;
"
also,
,
tambien.
on
this
por
eso.
por
amount,
importe,
Alfonso.
aunque.
m.
cantidad,
f.
on
that
m.
Alphonso, although,
ache,
dolor,
doler.
;
acquaintance, of,
conocer.
conocido
make
the
"
always,
siempre.
americano.
American,
be
"
acquainted,
act, acute,
addition:
with, (a
conocer.
and, Anna,
(e)
Ana.
"
not,
ni.
representar
play),
agudo.
in
"
another,
to,
a.
otro. contestar
ademas
de.
answer,
(a),
responder
(a).
address,
advance:
dirigirse
in
"
anterior,
anterior. Antonio.
adelantado.
,
Anthony,
antique, anxiety,
any,
be
of
"
aprovechar.
,
antiguo.
cuidado.
;
"
aconsejar.
caso, asunto.
alguno
at
all,
cualquier(a),
afirmar.
be
"
cualesquier(a).
tener
,
miedo.
apartment,
habitacion,
parecer.
f.
after,
que
despues
de
(prep.),
despues
appear,
(conj.).
tarde,
f. ; in the
"
appetite,
,
apetito.
manzana.
afternoon,
la
tarde.
por
apple, April,
abril,
brazo.
m.
afterwards, again,
comer.
despues.
vez
arm, eat
"
otra
volver
,
arrival,
arrive
llegada. (at),
llegar (a).
age, ago
:
edad,
a
f.
"
siglo.
hace
,
artery,
un
arteria.
como
year
afio.
as,
tan,
;
"
"
for,
tener
en
cuanto
a.
amable,
m.
agradable.
the open
"
ashamed:
be
"
vergtienza.
de.
in
al
,
aside; ask,
from, (a),
fuera preguntar
fresco. Alas!
pedir
(a).
Ayl Alejandro.
assortment,
assure,
surtido.
asegurar.
Alexander,
i78
at,
a,
en
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
;
"
"
last, al fin
once,
"
all, del
beg,
pedir
limosna.
todo
luego.
f. ;
pay
"
beggar,
to,
attention,
hacer
caso
atencion,
a.
begin,
(a).
principio
de
"
of
June,
atras,
August,
aunt,
agosto.
junio.
de
tia.
detras
(prep.),
automobile,
Autumn,
avail oneself
automovil,
m.
otofio.
believe,
de.
creer.
of, aprovecharse
m.
awake,
back, bacon, bad,
despertarse. espalda
toeino. malo. mal.
bajo mejor.
(prep.), abajo,
it is
(adv.).
(n.), posterior
(adj.).
better,
be
"
mejor;
estar
,
"
vale
,
mas;
mejor
de
salud.
badly,
baggage, bald,
grueso.
"
equipaje,
bill, cuenta;
of
fare, lista
de
los
calvo.
platos. birthday,
;
"
ball, pelota.
bank,
banco. banco
cumpleaiios,
"
m.
note,
billete
de
bit;
little
negro
un
black,
regatear.
;
"
bargain, bath,
bano.
m.
bano
room,
cuarto
de
blessed, blood,
blue,
santo.
blind, ciego.
banar
(se).
m.
sangre,
f.
bazar,
azul. comida.
casa
ser,
estar,
encontrarse ;
"
haber
;
"
Cimpers. )
contained
; ;
acom"
board,
hallarse,
boarding-house,
boat:
de
huespedes.
in,
of
caber
glad,
to,
;
"
alegrarse
with,
apurarse.
by
"
por
vapor.
advantage
querer
"
aprovechar
"
body,
cuerpo.
cocer.
willing,
pafiar bean,
;
boil,
bene,
worried,
m.
hueso.
frijol,
sufrir. barba. novio.
porque
(Mexico),
judia
book,
born:
libro ;
bookseller, librero
;
store, book-
(Spain).
bear, beard, beau,
be
"
libreria
nacer.
,
bookcase,
armario.
both, bottle,
;
"
los
(las)
dos.
botella.
because,
con
of,
causa
de,
ccy,
muchacho,
cerebro. el
pan,
nino,
chico.
motivo
de.
ponerse
;
"
brain,
become,
anochecer.
hacerse,
night,
ir
Brazil, bread,
Brasil.
m.
becoming:
caer
be
"
sentar
,
bien,
bien,
breadth, break,
anchura,
romper.
ancho.
bien.
cama.
bed,
breakfast,
ropa
desayuno,
desayunarse. respiracion,
f.
de
cama.
breast, breath,
pecho.
alcoba. f. ; de delante
;
a
beefsteak,
biste,
antes
"
m.
(prep.),
de ;
year
m.
(conj.)
day
"
antier
ano.
hacia
,
bridegroom,
listo
novio.
bright,
(of
people).
VOCABULARY
179
suelto
de
;
traer
"
up,
subir.
cambiar
;
"
"
cars,
cambiar
de
ancho. caldo.
hermano.
tren
clothes,
cambiar
construir. edificio.
characteristic,
Charles,
los toros; Carlos,
barato.
building, bull,
toro;
bull-fighting,
torero,
cheap, check,
bull-fighter, business,
casa
talon,
m.
facturar.
asunto,
de
comercio
"
house,
cheerful, cheese,
alegre.
queso.
comercio.
"
busy, but,
ocupado;
pero,
oneself,
ocuparse.
chest,
sino. carnicero.
chicken, chickpea,
child, chin,
mantequilla.
nifio
little
"
chiquillo.
comprar. por,
barba.
de,
fuerza
de.
chocolate,
choice,
cochero.
chocolate,
m.
selecto.
escoger.
cab, cafe,
coche, cafe,
cabman,
in.
iglesia;
; to
"
in
a
(at)
la
"
en
,
la
calendar,
calendario.
be
iglesia.
call, llamar;
Canada, candy,
cape, el
called,
llamarse.
caso.
Canada.
f. f. ; first
"
[clase.
de
,
dulces
capa.
(m.
pi.).
f.
primera
limpiar.
capital,
car,
clear,
coche,
[visita.
visiting
;
" "
dependiente.
listo.
card,
care,
"
tarjeta;
cuidado No
,
tarjeta de
;
for,
curar
don't
me
clima,
m.
me
importa,
Lo
mismo
clock,
cloth, clothes,
reloj,
pano ropa
m.
da.
(woolen),
;
careful:
be
"
tener
,
cuidado.
;
"
soiled
"
ropa
sucia
carriage,
coche coche.
carry, case, ;
coche,
ride
in
m. a
in
,
"
en en
clothes-press,
cloud, nube,
f.
armario.
pasearse
coachman, llevar,
transportar.
coat:
cochero.
"
sack
chaqueta.
caso.
cobbler,
Castilla.
zapatero. bacalao.
catalogo.
;
"
cafe,
moneda.
frio
m.
coger
un
constiparse,
coin, cold,
resfriado.
(n.
or
adj.)
constipado,
cathedral,,
cause,
catedral,
motivo.
f.
resfriado.
cuello.
cellar,
cent, center,
colegio.
m.
color,
venir
en
; ;
"
in,
"
entrar
"
into,
;
"
centime,
century,
centime
down, rebajar
;
"
bajar
;
"
siglo. cierto,
silla.
seguro,
down tal.
in
price,
hallar salir ;
!
"
upon,
certain,
chair,
encontrar,
"
up,
subir
;
"
out,
back,
volver
change,
vuelta,
vueltas
loose
""
in !
Adelante
i8o
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
comedy,
common,
comedia.
cure,
comun.
curar.
ordinario,
convidados
current,
"
corriente
mes
be
"
correr
companion,
company,
compafiero.
month,
actual. f. ;
house, custom-
(plu.).
custom,
costumbre,
aduana.
complete, completely,
compose
complete
por
complete
componer
cutler, (de).
(of),
cutlery
danger, dare,
comfort,
command,
comodidad,
f. comodo.
comfortable,
comfortable,
mandar.
acerca
peligro.
atreverse
a.
concerning,
de.
de,
con
motivo
date,
datar.
daughter,
condimento.
hija.
before to-morrow,
"
condiment,
dawn,
amanecer.
(on),
por
felicitar
(por).
day,
dia,
;
"
m.
"
yesterday, pasado
los dias ; this
consiguiente.
(en),
antier
manana
after
every
"
bastante. consistir
todos
,
(of),
during
very
"
the
,
por
el
dia;
construir. consultar.
contener.
:
hoy
mismo.
consult,
contain,
contained
dead,
muerto.
sordo.
a
be
"
deal:
great
"
mucho.
,
continue,
contrary:
seguir.
on
dear,
"
caro,
querido.
the
contrario. f. cocina.
diciembre, grado.
m.
convenience,
cook,
comodidad,
;
diferir.
guisar
fresco.
cooking,
cool,
copper,
delay,
m.
tardar.
cobre,
Cordova,
corner,
Cordoba.
esquina
(outside)
rincon,
m.
departure, depth,
salida. f.
(inside),
corridor,
profundidad,
modelo. de postres
corredor,
m.
design,
desk, dessert,
correspond,
cost,
costar.
corresponder. traje.
m.
mesa
escribir. (m.
plu.).
dedicarse
a.
costume, cotton,
vestido, algodon,
tos,
contar.
devote
(oneself
morir
to),
die,
(se).
diferencia
;
cough,
count, country,
f.,
toser.
difference,
make
"
importar.
m.
pais,
par,
"
tierra,
campo.
;
couple,
married court,
course,
m. un
,
pareja patio.
"
(of persons)
f.
matrimonio.
corte,
curso
"
f. ;
;
,
diminish,
por
of
supuesto
dine,
almorzar
(at noon),
comer
(at
principal
cousin,
cover
principio.
(de).
vaquero.
night),
dining-room, dinner, (at
dint:
comedor,
m.
almuerzo
(at noon)
fuerza de.
comida
cow, cross,
vaca
cow-boy,
f. ;
cruzar.
night),
by
"
cruz,
of,
cry, cup,
grito, llorar.
taza.
direct,
dirigir.
sucio
;
dirty,
armario.
make
"
ensuciar.
,
cupboard,
dish,
plato.
VOCABULARY
181
despeinado.
enough,
enthusiastic
bastante.
desobedecer.
(over),
aficionado
(a).
distancia.
be
"
entire,
apurarse.
entero.
entreat, entry,
(a).
m. m.
divino.
hacer.
envelope,
Doctor.
equal, especial
igual.
especial.
sobre
medico.
-a.
perro,
especially, establish,
"
todo,
especialmente.
duro,
puerta
;
peso. outer
,
establecer.
portal,
m.
estate,
hacienda.
duda,
dudar.
Europe,
even,
Europa.
ni,
ami.
abajo.
evening,
m.
noche,
por
f. ;
in
the every
"
ings, even-
cajon, traje,
vestir
m.,
la noche;
"
todas
,
vestido.
las
every,
noches.
(se).
vestido beber. de.
cada,
cual
;
todo
"
"
one,
cada los
uno,
in,
cada
day,
el
todos
dias.
drink, drug
bebida,
store,
todo
todo.
mundo.
botica.
registrar.
ejemplo.
excepting,
exceso.
durante,
por.
except,
excess,
fuera
de.
each,
cual
ear,
cada;
;
"
"
one,
uno
cada
a
uno, otro.
cada
excessive, exchange,
excuse,
excesivo.
other,
cambio, perdonar.
cambiar.
oreja.
; five
early, temprano
cinco
earn,
minutes
"
con
exercise,
expect,
expense,
ejercicio.
esperar.
minutos
ganar.
de
anticipacion.
gasto exterior
expensive, (as
noun,
caro.
earth, East,
easy,
tierra.
el
exterior,
extreme,
m.).
Este.
excesivo.
muy, sumamente.
facil.
comer.
extremely,
eye,
eat,
eatables, Edward,
egg,
comestibles
(m.
plu.).
eye-glasses,
"duardo.
fail:
"
huevo.
octavo, or,
to* dejar
;
"
de.
caerse.
eighth,
either
...
fall,
6
...
caer
down,
6.
familia. famoso.
Emma, employee,
empty, vacio.
Manuela.
dependiente, desocupado
abanico.
as
"
(unoccupied) concluir,
fines
de
as,
hasta.
end,
fin,
"
m.
terminar, March,
aca-
farm,
hacienda. moda
;
of
marzo.
fashion,
be
the
"
estilarse.
,
Inglaterra. ingles,
-a.
padre.
falta.
Englishman, inglesa.
ingles
Englishwoman,
fault, favor,
favor, miedo,
m.
enjoy:
"
oneself,
divertirse.
fear,
temer.
82
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
found,
establecer.
cuarto.
febrero.
;
"
fourth,
bueno da
el ;
well, sentirse
like
France,
Francia.
don't
;
"
feel the
it, No
tomar
me
la
pulse,
pulso.
feeling, fever,
feverish:
tacto.
frances,
-esa.
calentura. be
"
Frenchman,
tener
,
Frenchwoman,
menudo.
m.
frances,
calentura.
,
-esa. unos.
few,
pocos, campo.
-as
"
algunos,
field,
viernes,
fifth, quinto.
fiance,
-ee,
novio,
fin.
-a.
-a.
de;
in
" ...
to,
desde
.
. .
encontrar.
front:
"
of, delante
de.
fine, magnifico,
;
,
fino.
frontier,
dedo
,
frontera.
ring
dedo
"
anular
;
"
del
corazon
dex in-
(picked),
fruto
(on
de.
the
dedo
,
indice
; little
dedo
,
of, burlarse
terminar,
antes.
concluir.
(o),
;
"
gain, pescadero.
gay,
ganar.
pescado
dealer,
alegre.
genero.
fish-market,
fist, pufio.
pescaderia.
gender,
gentleman,
"
sefior,
caballero;
young
flee, huir.
floor,
sefiorito.
,
piso. flor, f.
f.
genuine,
German,
lejitimo.
aleman,
Alemania.
-ana.
flour, harina.
flower,
Germany,
get,
"
flushed, encendido.
folks,
gente,
buscar
up,
(fetch)
levantarse
a
"
to,
;
"
llegar
used
to,
acostumbrarse hacer
a.
"
suit
made,
hacer
un
traje. chica,
nifia.
una
food, for,
(m.
a
,
play, representar
foot, pie
pie.
mediante
por,
para,
glad:
be
"
alegrarse.
gana:
con
gladly,
gusto.
de
buena
mucho
glass,
vaso
vidrio
m.
(material).
marcharse,
volverse
entrar ;
" "
forehead, foreign,
forget,
glove, guante,
go,
ir, andar
irse, partir; down,
;
"
"
away,
foreigner,
back,
"
"
olivdar
bajar;
en
"
in,
"
to, inup,
a
entrar
out,
salir ;
towards,
ir
a
dirigirse
dar
en un
"
antiguo;
aquel.
to
"
walk,
to
paseo,
paseo
;
"
fortnight, quince
fortunate,
adelante.
ride,
repasar;
pasearse
"
coche
afortunado.
over,
to
bed,
acostarse.
forward,
God,
Dios.
184
if, si
;
"
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
not,
sino.
kindness, king,
f.
rey.
amabilidad,
besar.
f.
ill, malo,
illness,
enfermo.
enfermedad, figurarse
inmenso.
;
kiss, beso,
"
imagine,
Vd.
immense,
just
figurese
kitchen,
knock, know,
cocina. llamar.
saber,
conocer
"
how,
saber.
importance,
in, en,
dentro
importancia.
de ;
en
knowledge,
;
conocimiento.
casa
de
(after
lace, encaje, m. lack, falta, faltar.
superl.).
inch,
pulgada.
gana.
inclination,
indeed !
lady,
!
sefiora
young
"
setiorita.
,
Si !
Vaya
jamb, lame,
cordero.
indicate,
indicar.
native
"
patria.
m.
lengua,
idioma,
ultimo,
; at
"
postrer(o)
al
,
;
"
ink, tinta.
inkstand,
inside tintero.
(past)
anoche.
fin ;
(of),
as
dentro
(de)
interior,
late,
cinco
latter:
tarde
five
minutes
de
retraso.
con
(m.
insist
noun),
minutos
the
"
(on),
for
insistir, (en),
"
este.
,
instance;
por
eiemplo.
f.
laugh,
lawful,
reir(se)
"
at,
reirse
de.
instruction,
insure, intend,
instruccion,
lejitimo.
abogado.
asegurar. pensar.
perezoso.
leap-frog, saltacarnero.
noun),
"
about,
saber,
intestinos presentar*
(m.
pi.),
at
"
lo
,
menos,
lo
menos,
(to), invitar
Isidro. Italia. italiano.
(a).
por
lo
menos.
Isidore,
leave,
irse ;
Italy,
Italian,
left, izquierdo
a
the
"
to
,
the
"
la
izquierda. lejitimo.
m.
Diego,
janitor, portero,
enero.
limon,
longitud,
f.
f. ;
largo.
menos.
lesson, leccion,
m.
Joseph,
journey,
box,
buzon,
m.
"
carrier,
cartero.
library, biblioteca.
on,
seguir.
kilo,
;
lie, mentira,
tarse
;
"
mentir
on, estar
"
down,
en.
acos-
kilogram,
kilogramo,
(adj.)
genero.
clase,
f.,
life, vida.
lift, levantar.
especie, f.,
VOCABULARY
185
mature, maduro.
mayo.
light,
der
claro; (vb.).
luz,
f.
(noun);
encen-
May,
meal,
mean,
relampaguear.
comida
meals,
querer
la
comida. decir.
simpatico.
(of
significar,
:
miembro
body)
rama
(of
means
by
carne,
"
of, mediante.
f. ;
"
market,
carni-
linen,
medicine,
meet,
medicina.
encontrar.
melon,
;
melon,
miembro
m.
(adv.)
pequefio,
(adj.).
member, (of
(of
body)
socio
club,
etc.).
nombrar.
higado.
lomo.
mention,
message,
mencionar,
recado.
largo,
mucho
tiempo
how
"
metal,
metre,
metal,
metro.
m.
tiempo?
mirar;
;
" "
look,
at,
mirar
;
a
"
for,
"
Mexico, middle,
medio de
Mejico.
centro ;
"
buscar
on, out
like,
;
"
parecer repasar
out
in of
the
"
of,
mediados
en
dar
over,
Look
de
July,
f.
! Cuidado
julio.
medianoche, estio,
f.
;
m.
perder. Louise,
amor,
m.
midnight,
Luis,
; amar,
Luisa.
querer.
leche,
minuto
lovely,
low, lower, lunch, lung,
divino,
precioso.
this
very
"
ahora
,
bajo.
inferior,
Miss,
almorzar
m.
Sefiorita.
error,
m.
almuerzo, pulmon,
mistake,
mistaken:
be
"
equivocarse.
lying, mentira.
Madam,
Madrid: Sefiora. of
correo
"
modern,
moment,
moderno.
momento.
Monday,
madrileno.
money,
una
lunes, dinero,
mes,
mas m.
m.
moneda.
;
or
mail,
carta
"
letter, echar
month,
more,
per
"
al
,
mes. mas
al
correo.
"
less,
poco
majority, make,
mamma, man, manner, many,
mayor ;
"
parte, fun
menos.
hacer
mama.
of, burlarse
de.
morning,
por
mafiana la
in
the
;
"
ings, morn"
mafiana
become
hombre
manera,
"
alive! modo.
Hombre
amanecer.
most,
"
mas,
mayor
parte
de.
muehos,
marzo.
-as
so
tantos,
-as.
mother, motive,
madre. motive
montafia
;
"
nota
(in
school),
mountain, moustache,
range,
sierra,
mercado.
casar,
casarse con.
bigote,
m.
mouth,
move,
boca.
Mary,
master,
andar,
mucho
"
mover
(se).
"
much,
cerilla.
,
very ;
as
muchisimo
,
"
match,
so
tanto
,
as,
cuanto,
mathematics,
matter, tar; asunto,
matematica.
cosa
"
tanto to
"
como
too
"
demasiado.
,
;
,
imporpeligro.
muscle,
museum,
musculo.
museo.
dangerous
cosa
de
i86
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
must, mute,
tener
que.
nothing, notice,
noun,
nada,
notar.
no
nada.
. . .
mudo.
sustantivo,
novedad,
nombre.
name,
nombre,
your
es
"
m.
nombrar
sc
What Vd.?
novelty,
November,
now,
f.
m.
is
?
su
Como
llama
noviembre,
;
Cual
gracia?
ahora
just
"
ahora
,
mismo.
napkin,
narrow,
servilleta. estrecho.
number,
numero.
obey,
"
obedecer
(a).
(n.) ;
land, patria.
object, objeto.
occupy, ocupar.
natural.
de
;
"
by,
cerca.
occur,
ocurrir.
necessary,
necesario, collar,
preciso.
October,
octubre,
m.
neck,
cuello.
m.
of, de.
office, despacho,
falta. oficina. hacer
necklace,
need,
necesitar, aguja.
negro.
often,
Oh!
menudo.
needle,
negro,
Ay!
;
am
ten
years
"
Ten,
neighbor, neither,
ni.
...
neighboring,
tampoco
;
-a.
go
diez
afios. mayor,
;
"
...
nor,
ni
older,
oldest,
aceituna
olive,
sobrino.
oil, aceite,
m.
nephew,
never,
en
omelet,
;
"
tortilla,
nunca,
jamas
sin
in
my
life,
omnibus,
on,
en.
omnibus,
con
m.
mi
vida.
motivo
de
have
"
nevertheless,
new,
news,
nuevo.
tener
puesto.
una vez
once,
;
"
at
"
en
,
seguida,
cada
noticias
luego.
one,
uno,
-a
noticia.
newspaper,
;
"
each
"
uno, ;
"
periodico. siguiente.
cada
cual
armed,
manco
next,
proximo, simpatico.
sobrina.
eyed,
sino.
tuerto.
no mas
nice,
only, solamente,
la
"
que,
no
niece,
last las
night, noche,
"
f. ; at
;
"
por
noche todas
,
open,
abrir
a. u.
abierto
(adj.);
"
on,
anoche
,
every
"
dar
or,
noches
nono,
become
noveno.
anochecer.
,
6,
ninth,
no, no,
orange,
naranja.
orden, (with
;
tampoco;
"
one,
order,
para
f. ;
mandar
para para
in que que.
"
to,
nadie.
inf.),
"
(with
nobody,
ninguno.
subj.)
In
that,
lo
noise, ruido.
none, noon,
ordinarily, ordinary,
organ,
por
comun.
ordinario.
organo.
North,
North
nose,
other,
America del Norte.
otro,
de
demas.
otra
manera.
America, nariz, f.
no
otherwise,
Ouch!
Ay!
deber. resultado. exterior,
fuera
not,
"
ever,
no
. .
no
. .
nunca
"
ought,
outcome,
anything,
no
.
nada
.
;
"
"
body, any-
nadie
. .
either,
ni
outer,
ni,
nota,
no
tampoco.
outside,
de ;
(adv.)
n.,
m.
"
of,
fuera
note,
notar.
exterior
VOCABULARY
i87
play, play, comedia, jugar;
n.
over,
sobre;
be
all
m.
"
concluirse.
,
overcoat,
owe, own, owner,
gaban.
jugar
;
(game);
tocar
deber. mismo.
representar
m.
(show).
juguete,
la
dueno.
gustar,
placer,
hacer
el
favor,
bondad,
servirse.
m.
package,
page,
paquete,
m.
pleasure, plenty:
a
gusto,
"
placer,
bastante.
pagina. dolor,
m.,
pain,
doler.
point, polite,
punto.
cortes ;
"
painting, pair,
par,
pintura.
m.
ly,
cortesmente.
pomegranate,
poor,
granada.
palace, palm,
pantry,
paper,
palacio.
palma. despensa. papel, perdon,
Paris.
sala.
m.
pobre.
carne mozo.
pork,
de
cerdo.
[secante.
;
m.
porter,
blotting
"
papel
postal,
postal.
portugues,
-esa.
Portuguese, possible,
posible.
correo.
post-office,
f.
parte,
pasar.
postpone, potato,
diferir. patata.
libra.
pattern,
pay,
caso
modelo.
.
pound,
"
pagar;
a.
attention
to
hacer
pour,
echar.
prefer, preferir.
m.
peach, pearl,
peasant,
pen,
melocoton,
prepare,
preparar.
perla.
aldeano.
present,
actual
at
the
"
time,
actualmente.
pluma.
m.
prescription,
president,
gente,
m.
receta.
pencil, lapiz,
people,
pepper,
presidente.
pueblo, pimenton,
f.
pretty,
;
bonito.
(spice)
day,
per
pitres
price,
precio.
cura.
miento,
per,
veces
(fruit),
three
priest,
times
"
por;
principal,
principal.
particular. probable.
f.
al
pesos
dia ;
por
five
pesos
day,
print, imprimir.
private, probable,
cinco
dia.
perfectly,
perhaps,
perfectamente.
quizas,
tal
vez
(often
with
subj.). permitir,
person,
dejar,
persona,
permitir.
f.
prohibir.
amo,
-a. m.
Pedro.
Felipe,
frase,
f. medico,
refran,
prometer.
publico.
pulso. castigar. discipulo (of
a
escoger.
bulto
pedazo
(broken)
tro-
punish,
pupil,
no
(slice, etc.).
cerdo.
teacher)
alum-
pig,
(of
school).
compra.
place,
punto,
lugar
(n.
m.)
poner
purchase,
pure,
puro. poner
(vb.).
plate, plato.
put.
"
on,
ponerse.
i88
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
quantity,
quarter,
queen,
cantidad,
cuarto.
f.
ripe,
road,
ir
maduro.
camino: bien
asar;
m.
be
on
the
right
"
to,
reina. preguntar
;
para,
"
question,
una
ask
hacer
roast,
meat,
asado
"
beef,
pregunta.
rosbif,
roof,
room,
m.
rotten,
royal, real,
rowdy, pillo. ruin, arruinar.
lluvioso.
raise, levantar.
hacienda.
raro.
rule, regla.
run, correr;
"
away,
huir.
reach, read,
llegar
leer.
a.
sad, safe,
triste.
seguro.
m.,
reading, ready,
lectura.
listo.
Saint, San,
salad,
Santa,
f.
real, lejitimo.
rear,
ensalada.
f. ;
me
salt, sal,
same,
mismo mismo
the
"
to
me,
recibo
(for payment).
lo
sample, Saturday,
muestra. contento.
recitation, clase, f.
red,
encarnado. recomendar.
satisfied,
sabado,
m.
recommend,
remove
save,
sacar
salvar;
sierra.
guardar
good
;
(keep), bye,
"
(from),
sentir.
contar.
quitar (a),
saw,
(de).
regret,
say,
decir;
adios
!
"
despedirse,
so
decir lo
-ta.
creo
should
Ya
scamp,
pillo.
escuela ciencia.
m.
school, science,
boarding
"
colegio.
remember,
acordarse recordar.
de,
recordar.
sea,
season,
mar,
remind,
resemble,
resort:
estacion, f.
asiento. sentado.
republic, republica.
parecer
a.
seat,
seated,
bafios.
bathing
descansar. demas.
"
second-,
f.
see,
ver
segundo
;
(adj. and
,
n.).
responsibility, responsibihdad,
rest, rest,
let's
"
ver.
seek, buscar.
seem, parecer. escoger.
restaurant,
restauran,
m.
select, selecto,
self, mismo.
result,
return,
resultado.
regreso, repasar.
vuelta;
volver(se).
review,
rich, rico.
ride, paseo
;
a
take
"
pasearse
(en
en
sense,
coche,
caballo,
en
automovil,
the
razon.
sentence,
frase,
f.
m.
September,
;
;
on
setiembre,
-a
the
"
"
to
,
"
servant,
serve,
criado,
servir.
servidor,
-a.
la
derecha
be
tener
,
VOCABULARY
189
smell, (odor),
olfato
.
septimo,
Sevilla.
sombra
;
setimo.
(sense)
olor,
m.
in
the
"
a
,
la
som-
small, smaller,
chico,
pequefio.
menor.
smallest,
listo.
vergiienza. agudo.
manta.
smart,
smoke, pipa.
sneeze,
m.
fumar
"
pipe,
fumar
en
sabana.
estornudar.
nieve,
nevar.
(adv.)
;
;
"
asi,
,
por
consiguiente
dealer,
zapatero
"
(conj.) society,
some,
and
conque.
store,
zapateria.
f.
-a, que -os, otro.
cosa.
shop, short,
en
tienda.
corto ;
-as;
"
or
bajo
(of people)
in
"
',
other, something,
fin.
alguna
shortly, should,
luego.
deber
hijo.
luego,
;
as
espaldas
pronto,
"
en
seguida,
que ;
al
as
grito. indicar,
mostrar,
m.
instante
ensefiar
;
" "
as, cuanto
luego
antes,
as
possible,
be
"
escaparate,
aguacero.
sorry:
sentir.
,
soul,
cerrado
malo. the other
"
alma.
sopa.
cerrar;
(adj.).
al
,
enfermo,
lado
;
on
agrio.
el
South,
South
Sur.
America del
lado.
America,
America.
Sur.
aparador,
acera.
m.
Sud
vista,
signify,
significar.
silencioso.
silken,
de
species,
especie,
m.
spectacles, (vb.).
;
anteojos,
pi.
speech,
desde
que
habla.
(prep.)
velocidad,
rato.
f.
(conj.).
sing,
contar.
gastar,
pasar.
sister, hermana.
sit:
"
especia. espinal
;
"
down,
sentarse.
column, espinal.
despacho.
"
espinazo
cord,
medula
sesto.
f.
splendid, spoil,
spoon,
magninco.
arruinar. cuchara.
cielo.
Spring,
square,
primavera. plaza;
cuadrado
sleep, sleeve,
suefio, dormir.
manga,
(adj.).
stairs, escalera.
stamp,
sello. of
delgado.
trozo.
standing:
de
long
"
antiguo
"
up,
despacio.
pie.
190
estado. f.
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
state,
take,
tomar,
quedarse
"
con,
llevar;
;
"
"
station, estacion,
stay, estancia
;
up,
subir
out,
quedar
cama.
in
sacar.
bed,
steam, steamer, de stew,
guardar
vapor, vapor,
m.
m.
"
rug",
manta
taste, tea,
gusto. te,
m.
viaje.
cocido.
pegar. aun,
aun.
leach,
ensefiar.
stick, stock,
teacher,
tear,
maestro,
-a.
still, todavia.
surtidb.
romper,
teaspoon,
cucharilla. cucharadita.
m.
stomach,
stone, stop, store,
m.
estomago,
vientre,
de.
"
m.
piedra.
parar,
telegrama,
dejar
tienda;
;
"
department
tendero.
a
bazar,
telephone,
tell, decir,
"
lies, mentir.
story,
(of
house)
cuento
temperature,
temperatura.
(that is told),
stout,
tenth,
decimo.
terrible, horrible.
than,
que,
straight, directo.
straw,
que,
de las
lo
que.
;
thank,
thanks,
State
agradecer,
dar
gracias which,
strawberry,
street,
calle, f. ;
St., calle
in
del
that,
lo
que
que.
rel.) ;
"
Estado.
street-car, tranvia.
tranvia,
m.
"
en
the
. . .
the,
teatro.
cuanto
tanto.
. . .
theatre,
pegar.
strike, dar,
strong,
there,
to
alii
(place where)
;
"
alia
(place
fuerte. estudiante.
which)
is, hay.
termometro.
student,
thermometer,'
study,
estudio,
estudiar.
thick,
be
"
grueso.
tejido, tela,
moda
in
thickness,
; in
a
,
espesura. pues.
(fashion)
the
then,
entonces,
estilarse;
Spanish
la
espafiola.
such
a,
"
to
worry
about,
cosa
such,
de
cuidado.
creer, pensar.
suffer, sufrir.
sugar,
azucar,
m.
think,
third, tercer(o).
m.
suit,
summer, sun,
vestido,
verano.
traje,
in
f.
sol,
m.
the
al
,
sol.
throat, through,
Sunday,
domingo.
be
garganta.
por.
superior, superior.
sure,
cierto,
seguro
to
"
claro.
,
throw, thumb,
echar.
surprise, sorprender.
sweet,
dedo
pulgar.
tronar ;
"
dulce
sweets,
-a
dulces,
;
corazon,
m.
plu.
alma,
thunder,
trueno, f.
storm,
sweetheart,
vida
novio,
tempestad,
Thursday, thus,
(in address).
jueves,
esta
m.
m. manera.
asi, de
table, tailor,
mesa
table-cloth, mantel,
m.
ticket,
billete,
estrecho.
sastre.
tight,
192
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
water,
way,
este
agua.
why,
manera
si.
modo,
;
este-
in
this
manera,
manera
"
de
,
wicked, wide,
widower,
feo, malo.
ancho.
modo,
another
" "
de
,
asi ;
;
in what
de
que
otra
in
on
widow, anchura,
viudo,
ancho.
-a.
?
"
de
manera?
ir
"
to
be
the
"
right
,
for,
what
bien
?
;
para; por
a
this donde?
mujer,
querer.
esposa,
sefiora.
por
aqui;
"
long
off,
lejos
long
"
viento.
ventana.
mucha
distancia. debil.
weak,
wearing
weather,
(dressed tiempo.
wine, winter,
vino. invierno.
Wednesday, week,
semana.
miercoles,
;"
a
"
m.
wish,
hace
una
desear,
con.
querer.
semana
ago,
with,
within,pesar. peso.
dentro
(adv.)
dentro
de
(prep.). without,
;
sin
(prep.)
sin
que
(conj.).
bien
el
(adv.)
Oeste. como?
pues
(conj.).
woman,
mujer.
madera lana
; ;
wood,
cual?
wooden,
de
de lana.
madera.
que?
lo
que
wool, word,
woolen,
what,
(rel.).
lo
que,
palabra. trabajo
mundo.
apurarse ;
whatever,
que. when?
cualquiera
cosa
work,
(n.)
trabajar.
world,
cuando? cuando.
worry,
don't
"
pierda
when, whenever,
where?
Vd.
que. worse, worth que.
:
cuidado. worst, be
" "
cuandoquiera
donde?
peor.
valer
,
How vale
much esto?
is
wherever, whether,
which?
dondequiera
si. cual?
que, el que, el
this
wrapper,
iCuanto
m.
sobre,
escribir.
mesa
write,
cual.
which,
writing-table,
de
escribir.
whichever,
while, (n.).
cualquiera
que
que.
mientras
(conj.)
rato
yard,
yam,
vara
(measure).
hilo.
afio
;
white,
who?
bianco,
year,
veces
three
times
"
tres
,
quien?
que.
al
afio.
who,
yellow, quienquiera
que. yes,
amarillo.
whoever,
whole,
si.
ayer.
aun,
no.
todo,
entero.
sano.
yesterday,
yet,
no,
wholesome,
whom?
whose?
a
todavia,
todavia
aun
not
"
aun
,
de cuyo. por
young,
ioven;
;
"
"
man
or
woman,
whose,
joven
que ;
a
chap,
mozuelo.
menor.
why?
(cause)
que
para
que vb.
younger,
youngest,
(purpose) motion).
(with
of
zero,
cero.
INDEX
before
personal
obj.,
form
56,
of
180;
with
auxiliaries estar,
be
ir,
;
62 ser,
haber,
503
43, ; 44 not
a.
503
to
prepositional
pron., expresses
personal
504
207,
66;
with "and"
indirect
obj.,
a
24;
separated
from
verb,
after "to
of
with
verbs
150;
meaning
with
names
"buy,"
63.
95
"by,"
after
passive,
207
a.
abbreviations:
note ;
D., VV.,
120.
Da.,
27
c.
Sra.,
caber:
conj.,
cada
uno,
527.
V.,
use,
cada,
caer:
cada
use,
cual,
234.
194
a.
acabar,
accent,
155a;
conj.,
528;
9.
7-8
on
on
adverbs forms
in
capital
-mente,
letters, points,
cardinal
verb
as
taking 65,
213 113
ject obcausative
note.
145.
pron.
suffix, recordar,
a, to
construction,
loses
-to, of
of
161.
a.
ciento
acordarse acostumbrarse and
156
comparison:
express
adjectives,
173,
habitual
175;
94, 174;
174,
see
adverbs,
175.
action,
acute
72
a.
"than," 7-8.
agreement,
33,
accent,
compound 58;
ber, num-
tenses,
44,
502.
use,
adjectives:
34; in, 192;
concluir:
conj.,
forms
b.
523;
218. use,
90, 91,
gender,
used
in,
as
35;
nouns, 193;
position,
37;
36,
lose
conditional:
and
128,
conditional
178
final
94,
letter,
174,
comparison,
37
ing mean-
perfect:
in
93,
172c, 128
178b.
pressed extrary con-
175;
of
nationality,
a
a;
conditions:
general,
pres.
note;
97;
of
quantity,
used with
b. in 174;
36
vary
or
in estar,
by
B,
to
part.,
172
c.
ser
47
fact,
128,
232;
d,
note
conjunctions:
-mente,
si 155;
no,
ni,
101,
sino,
6
195;
232a;
adverbs:
173,
comparison,
182;
232, nunca, aun,
(e),
that
conocer:
p.
note;
133.
(u),
and
take
subj.,
513;
jamas,
197. age,
181,
ni,
tampoco,
conj.,
144
a.
contrasted
with
saber,
with tener,
219. use, 40 ;
with
mayor
and
consonants, correlatives:
4, the the
5,
12
f. the
. . .
menor,
former
more
. . .
ter, latmore,
agradecer,
agreement,
of ai
14".
pronoun noun,
153;
the
of with
with
33,
verb, 58.
27
221
ni
. . .
ni,
232.
adj.
continued
22
action:
;
expressed
70
by
b
;
see
ent, pres-
with
infinitive,
1
85
of
a,
b.
p.
imperfect,
also
alphabet,
andar:
names
letters,
contrasted
8.
504.
conj.,
205.
cual,
525;
80. 147.
with
ir,
cualquiera,
cuyo,
220.
176.
antiguo,
article: definite asir:
aun,
see
indefinite
article,
and
dar:
conj.,
of the
use,
530;
in
idioms,
131.
article.
196.
days
week,
30
conj.,
197.
526.
deber:
b;
takes
105.
directly
pendent de-
infin.s
194
decir: defective definite
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
conj.,
531.
future
indicative,
expresses
90,
91
irregular,
178 b. 178 b.
c.
verbs,
article
:
548.
forms and
ment, agree-
92;
conjecture,
93, 172 139,
with with
names
used
37;
subjunctive,
141.
138,
140;
regular, ir-
of
countries,
37
82 a;
with with
of
;
languages,
with
names
titles, 95
131;
of
seasons,
gender:
in
35-
or
nouns,
13;
of
adjectives.
with
cardinal
poss.
points,
of the
to
145; 50,
substitute for
poss. ;
expressions,
parts
53
greetings,
gustar: haber:
Ex.
68.
XXI.
with
body,
express in
use,
89
with
indir. with
obj.
nouns
conj.,
;
533;
as
auxiliary,
a
poss.,
169;
sense,
used
43,
502 152; a;
noun
impersonal,
163;
general
nouns,
with
abstract
43
expresses
152
with in
expresses
impersonal
de
obligation,
163
hacer:
in
a.
with
and
152b; personal
with
with
sions expres-
inf.,
161;
pron.,
183
with
conj.,
time
534;
causative
of
214;
physical
demonst.
names
characteristic,
132;
use,
expressions,
137. use, 168.
187;
in
time
or
expressions,
pronoun,
for
expresses
weather,
154;
personal
with
or
hacer
falta:
modified
of
countries and
228
119;
a
people,
63
;
238 ; in
with
escuela
price, app.,
imperative:
;
142, 122,
222
222;
subjunctive
casa,
expressing
noun
used
for,
b.
70.
omitted omitted
in
numeral with
52
a
after
poss. ;
title,
in lo,
c.
use,
126;
127.
in
236 a;
the
117a;
pron.
conditions,
of
irregular,
202
predicate,
lo
212.
neuter
impersonal
81
;
used
with
todo,
189
3d
plural,
with
with
102.
dejar,
indirect
obj.,
verbs,
article:
a;
subj.,
j6;
demonstrative
use, 59.
adjectives
forms
and
inceptive
indefinite
16
noun, 204 ;
forms,
with certain
ed, repeat-
demonstrative
use,
pronouns
forms
as
and
omitted
;
predicate general
194;
60;
153-
neuter,
117c;
tives, correla-
96
in
in
exclamations,
of
a
expressions
216;
follow
147.
desear: desde
with
infin., 105.
in time
character,
with
otro,
; used
(que)
e.
expressions
may
not
tal,
171
with
187
cualquiera,
235.
dimensions,
diminutive
indefinite
231.
pronouns 135;
and
adjectives
147;
suffixes,
3.
negative,
uno, 151;
cualquiera,
171;
diphthongs,
distance,
tal,
todo,
189;
otro,
use
with
haber,
22f
146.
25c,
note:
194; 182.
cada,
uno
a
194
A;
200.
reciprocal
with
"do,"
Don,
-ducir:
auxiliary:
Dona,
95. 529.
of
otro,
indicative:
contrasted
subj.,
99.
to
conj.,
of
infinitive,
18,
19,
20;
I"ng. endings
table
estar:
the
verb,
19 ;
complete
85
with
;
pres.
part,
para,
after
31
;
prepositions,
on
with
105
of, 501.
verbs,
of
conj.,
47
:
532;
contrasted
504.
quantity by
mandar,
and
preceded
and
ser,
as
auxiliary, gender.
article,
161.
b;
feminine
see
INDEX
195
number:
34-
interrogative
80;
cuyo,
pronoun:
que
and
cual,
in
of
nouns,
14;
of
adjectives,
156;
176.
words:
32.
come
interrogative
sentence,
ir:
first
numerals
cardinal,
236.
39,
87,
dinals, or-
conj.,
contrasted
535;
use,
62
a,
234,
504;
nunca,
181.
with past
andar,
205. 549.
irregular
participles,
512-550. 47
6,
u,
6
...
irregular
"it," 38
verbs,
note ;
obligation:
30 a;
by by
188.
tener
que,
30
B,
d.
haber,
deber,
b.
oir:
conj., 536;
jamas, joven,
181.
220.
orthographical
505-511.
use,
changing
verbs,
73,
jugar:
conj., 516;
226.
otro,
194.
language,
names
of,
Ex.
XXI.
37
a.
para:
with
indirect with
c.
obj.,
form
24;
with
pers.
leave-taking,
list of
rnfin., 32;
540.
pron., parecer:
prep,
of
irregular
used
menor,
verbs,
116
use
see
168.
mandar: mayor,
causatively,
219.
161
a.
participle :
past
present
participles and
passive
absolute
participles,
503, 207
;
mil, mismo,
money,
millon,
112.
156 b.
passive,
const.,
210,
211.
208;
reflexive
subst.
for,
227.
see name
moods:
of
mood.
past
definite
indie,
69,
70 ;
irregular
in
months,
"must:"
30
a.
131.
84. by
tener
expressed
que,
past
participle:
tenss, with
see
42, ;
44;
pound com-
502
in
209 ;
passive,
in
207,
503
estar, with
absolute and
nada,
nadie,
135.
const.,
208;
179
que
past
nationality:
negative
guno,
adjectives
239.
of,
37a;
fixes suf-
def.,
b;
irregular,
44. 172,
549.
indicating,
words
135;
:
perfect
nadie,
.
indicative,
nada,
nin-
perfect
perfect
subjunctive,
of the
172 179.
a.
jamas,
182.
pron.,
181;
ni,
past
def., 56,
:
tampoco, neuter,
117;
pron.
personal
160;
sonal per-
objective,
pronouns
68,
180.
relative
117
personal subject
28
;
b.
forms intimate
c,
26, forms,
27
omission,
a
ni,
22,2.
27
199
; a;
usted,
ter neu-
ninguno,
no,
nouns:
135;
loses
182.
13;
o,
in.
27
b,
d;
117
nos,
vos,
25
note;
ello, number,
; 14,
use
b.
:
gender,
vocab.
note
prepositional regular
used ter,
forms
61
used
with
115;
neu'
to
masc.
XXIX
special
use
of
object
as
forms,
66, it6;
plu., 54;
;
special
vary
of
form
poss.,
sing.,
for
17;
alone
object,
used
237 case,
as
does
231;
not
in
ello, 117b;
reilexively,
formation
of
24;
as
76
a.
indirect 56,
object,
68,
personal
of
not
object
forms
64
; 113,
use,
121
64 b, 66,
;
note 122,
object, material,
be 57 ;
180;
55,
,
expression
191 ; may
position,
222
65,
double
etc.,
in
a,
b;
const.,
omitted collective
possessive
203 ;
const.,
see
used
reflexively, 162;
76, 77
used
nouns,
fixes. sufused
to express
indirect
possession,
obj.
169;
196
indirect
SPANISH
GRAMMAR
obj.
190;
neuter
with dative
impersonal
of
117
que, querer:
80.
verbs,
199c;
interest,
b.
conjugated, dependent
129.
539;
use, 105.
67 b;
forms,
74.
takes
infin.,
indicative, subjunctives,
number.
537;
quisiera,
172
172,
b.
see
radical-changing
takes
verbs,
106-109;
505-
conj.,
105.
dependent
$22.
infin.,
poner:
reciprocal conjugation,
use, pronouns,
a,
200.
conj., 538;
of
122,
170a.
reflexive 65,
113,
pronouns yy.
forms,
78;
the
76
tion, posi-
position:
121
obj.
222
b,
b;
of
reflexive
reflexive
verbs,
or
75,
used
sonally, imper79,
pronoun,
yy.
for
passive,
possession
indirect
by
def.
art.
and
210.
regular
verbs,
500-511.
a.
possessive
use, 49 ;
adjectives:
substitutes
forms,
for
su,
48;
50
;
reir: relative
conj.,
el
522
pronouns:
que,
157;
quien,
160;
157
the
in
long place
167;
article
used
158;
cuyo,
que
a;
and
never
el
cual,
176
omitted,
possessive
52
;
forms,
for el
51; suyo,
use,
note. ;
substitutes
1 1
53
neuter,
7 d.
saber:
conj.,
144.
540;
contrasted
with
predicate
sentence,
adj. :
41.
:
position general
introduced before
in
interrog.
statement,
conocer, salir:
se se
conj.,
541.
prepositions
235 105;
never
reflexive: substitute
131. use,
position,
pronoun,
113.
114.
A;
dependent by,
noun
infin., 165;
as
seasons,
sentar:
direct in-
234.
obj.,
present future present
24,
note. 21,
a.
Seiior, Seiiora:
22;
in
address,
with
184.
estar,
235
a
indicative,
or
used
for
ser:
conj.,
47
;
542;
compared
past,
178
in
giving
b.
dimensions,
207, 503.
participles :
to
45
with
97 ;
clause used
47
as
auxiliary,
30
equal
and
condition,
in
c,
should, si,
182.
progressive
y2 504.
conjugation,
A,
sino,
100; 122,
195. any
unos,
:
present used
subjunctive,
for
use,
222
103;
some,
not
expressed, obj.
7 ;
on
note,
p.
imperative,
loses
b.
21; 228.
stress
151;
pronoun,
stress
162.
price,
idiomatic
o,
expression
in. :
of,
and
21
accent, note;
in
pres.
primero; progressive
72; 504.
indie,
see
imperfect
note
1
conjugation
47
a,
past
in
138;
in note;
in future in
ative, imperand
pres.
prometer:
pronoun
:
use,
see
224.
note;
90
personal
pronoun,
cond.
indie,
100
demonstrative
pronoun,
subj.,
ative rel-
note.
pronoun,
interrogative
pronoun,
subjunctive:
99.
general
statement,
98,
indefinite
1-12;
pronoun.
pronunciation,
1 1
irregularities of,
page 7.
in
dependent object,
101, 133,
clauses:
149, 201;
subject,
161, 166;
102;
exercises
10.
in,
verb, ad134.
punctuation,
purpose:
adjective,
121;
222
with
para que
para
and
inf.,
133.
31;
in
main
clauses:
122,
used b.
for
with
and
subj.,
imperatives,
INDEX
197
after
certain
verbs,
161
;
101,
102,
uno,
151
loses
o,
39
note,
149,
166,
after
certain after
junctions, con-
usted,
2^,
b,
c,
d;
64,
note
3.
133,
201
134;
in
alternative introduced
in
sions, expres-
conj., conj.,
conj.,
500-550.
545. 547;
as
201
by
que
trary con-
auxiliary,
188.
504.
only,
to
121
conditions
\er:
546;
use,
fact,
229
128,
;
172
c.
verbs:
suffixes
-ero,
-eria,
-ano,
230
-ito, -ino,
the
regular
verb, verbs,
500-511. 512-550.
-illo,
-es,
-uelo,
239.
231;
-eiio,
irregular
orthographical-changing
without
6.
verbs,
33,
superlative syllabification,
comparison,
174.
505-511.
radical-changing, class,
107,
106,
515-519;
514;
first
second
class,
522.
tal,
tampoco,
tener:
171.
22,2.
108,
-uir
520;
third
class,
109,
verbs,
523.
conj.,
que,
543;
use,
29;
auxiliary
age,
inceptive
40
;
513. 524-547.
tener
30
expresses
physical
in
or
mental
condition,
235.
86;
giving
:
dimensions,
names
participles,
79,
210,
549.
211.
tenses
see
of
tenses
ularities irreg-
reflexive, reciprocal,
75-78,
200.
in of
use
of,
the
178;
sequence
103,
tenses
of
subjunctive,
impersonal,
list of
most
202.
126,
tercero:
140,
172.
irregular
verbs,
440.
loses
o,
in.
verdad,
volver:
164.
use,
"than,"
time time
175.
225.
12
expressions
with
hacer,
187.
vowels,
2,
b,
3.
telling,
189.
88,
196. weather,
with
todo,
traer:
hacer,
137.
conj.,
3
544.
willingness 67
b.
expressed
by
querer,
tripthongs,
d.
word-order,
-uir
affirmative,
25
25
41 ;
a;
rogative, inter-
verbs,
523.
b,
32,
negative,
unclassable
irregular
verbs,
524-547.
25
see
position.